non-PCH build fix (according to Tinderbox).

[wxWidgets.git] / src / msw / window.cpp

diff --git a/src/msw/window.cpp b/src/msw/window.cpp
index b62d5371f7fd2ca79c77e47cb1192b996d248795..89faa57b7fd095c7f58fc8bf4d0d07a4d0cc6d12 100644 (file)
--- a/src/msw/window.cpp
+++ b/src/msw/window.cpp
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

-// Name:        src/msw/windows.cpp
-// Purpose:     wxWindow
+// Name:        src/msw/window.cpp
+// Purpose:     wxWindowMSW

 // Author:      Julian Smart
 // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation
 // Created:     04/01/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Author:      Julian Smart
 // Modified by: VZ on 13.05.99: no more Default(), MSWOnXXX() reorganisation
 // Created:     04/01/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$

-// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart and Markus Holzem
-// Licence:     wxWindows license
+// Copyright:   (c) Julian Smart
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 // ===========================================================================
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 // ===========================================================================


@@ -17,10 +17,6 @@
 // headers
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // headers
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-#ifdef __GNUG__
-    #pragma implementation "window.h"
-#endif
-

 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
 
 // For compilers that support precompilation, includes "wx.h".
 #include "wx/wxprec.h"
 


@@ -28,18 +24,19 @@
     #pragma hdrstop
 #endif
 
     #pragma hdrstop
 #endif
 

+#include "wx/window.h"
+

 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP
 #ifndef WX_PRECOMP

-    #include <windows.h>
-    #include "wx/msw/winundef.h"
-    #include "wx/window.h"
+    #include "wx/msw/wrapwin.h"
+    #include "wx/msw/wrapcctl.h" // include <commctrl.h> "properly"
+    #include "wx/msw/missing.h"

     #include "wx/accel.h"
     #include "wx/accel.h"

-    #include "wx/setup.h"

     #include "wx/menu.h"
     #include "wx/dc.h"
     #include "wx/dcclient.h"
     #include "wx/menu.h"
     #include "wx/dc.h"
     #include "wx/dcclient.h"

+    #include "wx/dcmemory.h"

     #include "wx/utils.h"
     #include "wx/app.h"
     #include "wx/utils.h"
     #include "wx/app.h"

-    #include "wx/panel.h"

     #include "wx/layout.h"
     #include "wx/dialog.h"
     #include "wx/frame.h"
     #include "wx/layout.h"
     #include "wx/dialog.h"
     #include "wx/frame.h"


@@ -47,20 +44,38 @@
     #include "wx/button.h"
     #include "wx/msgdlg.h"
     #include "wx/settings.h"
     #include "wx/button.h"
     #include "wx/msgdlg.h"
     #include "wx/settings.h"

-
-    #include <stdio.h>
+    #include "wx/statbox.h"
+    #include "wx/sizer.h"
+    #include "wx/intl.h"
+    #include "wx/log.h"
+    #include "wx/textctrl.h"
+    #include "wx/menuitem.h"
+    #include "wx/module.h"

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)

     #include "wx/ownerdrw.h"
 #endif
 
     #include "wx/ownerdrw.h"
 #endif
 

+#include "wx/evtloop.h"
+#include "wx/power.h"
+#include "wx/sysopt.h"
+

 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
     #include "wx/dnd.h"
 #endif
 
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
     #include "wx/dnd.h"
 #endif
 

-#include "wx/menuitem.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
+#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
+    #include "wx/access.h"
+    #include <ole2.h>
+    #include <oleacc.h>
+    #ifndef WM_GETOBJECT
+        #define WM_GETOBJECT 0x003D
+    #endif
+    #ifndef OBJID_CLIENT
+        #define OBJID_CLIENT 0xFFFFFFFC
+    #endif
+#endif

 
 #include "wx/msw/private.h"
 
 
 #include "wx/msw/private.h"
 


@@ -76,15 +91,13 @@
     #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 
     #include "wx/spinctrl.h"
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 

-#include "wx/intl.h"
-#include "wx/log.h"
-
-#include "wx/textctrl.h"

 #include "wx/notebook.h"
 #include "wx/notebook.h"

+#include "wx/listctrl.h"
+#include "wx/dynlib.h"

 
 #include <string.h>
 
 
 #include <string.h>
 

-#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)
+#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) /* && !defined(__WXWINCE__) */ ) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)

     #include <shellapi.h>
     #include <mmsystem.h>
 #endif
     #include <shellapi.h>
     #include <mmsystem.h>
 #endif


@@ -93,47 +106,71 @@
     #include <windowsx.h>
 #endif
 
     #include <windowsx.h>
 #endif
 

-#if (!defined(__GNUWIN32_OLD__) && !defined(__TWIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)) || defined(__CYGWIN10__)
-    #ifdef __WIN95__
-        #include <commctrl.h>
-    #endif
-#elif !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) // broken compiler
-    #ifndef __TWIN32__
-        #include "wx/msw/gnuwin32/extra.h"
-    #endif
+#if !defined __WXWINCE__ && !defined NEED_PBT_H
+    #include <pbt.h>

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-// This didn't appear in mingw until 2.95.2
-#ifndef SIF_TRACKPOS
-#define SIF_TRACKPOS 16
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    #include "wx/msw/wince/missing.h"
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+    #include <windows.h>
+    #include <shellapi.h>
+    #include <ole2.h>
+    #include <aygshell.h>
+#endif

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

-#if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
-    #ifndef WM_MOUSEWHEEL
-        #define WM_MOUSEWHEEL           0x020A
-    #endif
-    #ifndef WHEEL_DELTA
-        #define WHEEL_DELTA             120
-    #endif
-    #ifndef SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES
-        #define SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES 104
-    #endif
+#if defined(TME_LEAVE) && defined(WM_MOUSELEAVE) && wxUSE_DYNLIB_CLASS
+    #define HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+#endif // everything needed for TrackMouseEvent()
+
+// if this is set to 1, we use deferred window sizing to reduce flicker when
+// resizing complicated window hierarchies, but this can in theory result in
+// different behaviour than the old code so we keep the possibility to use it
+// by setting this to 0 (in the future this should be removed completely)
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+#define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 0
+#else
+#define USE_DEFERRED_SIZING 1

 #endif
 
 #endif
 

+// set this to 1 to filter out duplicate mouse events, e.g. mouse move events
+// when mouse position didnd't change
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 0
+#else
+    #define wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK 1
+#endif

 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // global variables
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // global variables
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-// the last Windows message we got (MT-UNSAFE)
-extern MSG s_currentMsg;
-

 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 wxMenu *wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 

-extern wxList WXDLLEXPORT wxPendingDelete;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+#else

 extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
 extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;

+#endif
+
+// true if we had already created the std colour map, used by
+// wxGetStdColourMap() and wxWindow::OnSysColourChanged()           (FIXME-MT)
+static bool gs_hasStdCmap = false;
+
+// last mouse event information we need to filter out the duplicates
+#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+static struct MouseEventInfoDummy
+{
+    // mouse position (in screen coordinates)
+    wxPoint pos;
+
+    // last mouse event type
+    wxEventType type;
+} gs_lastMouseEvent;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK

 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // private functions
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // private functions


@@ -143,24 +180,89 @@ extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
 LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message,
                                    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
 
 LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message,
                                    WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
 

+

 #ifdef  __WXDEBUG__
 #ifdef  __WXDEBUG__

-    const char *wxGetMessageName(int message);
+    const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message);

 #endif  //__WXDEBUG__
 
 void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win);
 #endif  //__WXDEBUG__
 
 void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win);

-void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win);
+extern void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win);

 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
 
 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd);
 

-// this magical function is used to translate VK_APPS key presses to right
-// mouse clicks
-static void TranslateKbdEventToMouse(wxWindowMSW *win,
-                                     int *x, int *y, WPARAM *flags);
-

 // get the text metrics for the current font
 static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win);
 
 // get the text metrics for the current font
 static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win);
 

-// check if the mouse is in the window or its child
-//static bool IsMouseInWindow(HWND hwnd);
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+// find the window for the mouse event at the specified position
+static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y);
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
+
+// wrapper around BringWindowToTop() API
+static inline void wxBringWindowToTop(HWND hwnd)
+{
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+    // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the window to the top,
+    // which can be the wrong one.
+
+    // activate (set focus to) specified window
+    ::SetFocus(hwnd);
+#endif
+
+    // raise top level parent to top of z order
+    if (!::SetWindowPos(hwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE))
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));
+    }
+}
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+
+// ensure that all our parent windows have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style
+static void EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(wxWindow *parent)
+{
+    /*
+       If we have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT flag we absolutely *must* set it for our
+       parent as well as otherwise several Win32 functions using
+       GetNextDlgTabItem() to iterate over all controls such as
+       IsDialogMessage() or DefDlgProc() would enter an infinite loop: indeed,
+       all of them iterate over all the controls starting from the currently
+       focused one and stop iterating when they get back to the focus but
+       unless all parents have WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT bit set, they would never
+       get back to the initial (focused) window: as we do have this style,
+       GetNextDlgTabItem() will leave this window and continue in its parent,
+       but if the parent doesn't have it, it wouldn't recurse inside it later
+       on and so wouldn't have a chance of getting back to this window either.
+     */
+    while ( parent && !parent->IsTopLevel() )
+    {
+        LONG exStyle = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE);
+        if ( !(exStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
+        {
+            // force the parent to have this style
+            ::SetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(parent), GWL_EXSTYLE,
+                            exStyle | WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT);
+        }
+
+        parent = parent->GetParent();
+    }
+}
+
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+// On Windows CE, GetCursorPos can return an error, so use this function
+// instead
+bool GetCursorPosWinCE(POINT* pt)
+{
+    if (!GetCursorPos(pt))
+    {
+        DWORD pos = GetMessagePos();
+        pt->x = LOWORD(pos);
+        pt->y = HIWORD(pos);
+    }
+    return true;
+}
+#endif

 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // event tables
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // event tables


@@ -171,15 +273,121 @@ static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win);
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
 #else // __WXMSW__
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
     IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
 #else // __WXMSW__

+#if wxUSE_EXTENDED_RTTI
+
+// windows that are created from a parent window during its Create method, eg. spin controls in a calendar controls
+// must never been streamed out separately otherwise chaos occurs. Right now easiest is to test for negative ids, as
+// windows with negative ids never can be recreated anyway
+
+bool wxWindowStreamingCallback( const wxObject *object, wxWriter * , wxPersister * , wxxVariantArray & )
+{
+    const wxWindow * win = dynamic_cast<const wxWindow*>(object) ;
+    if ( win && win->GetId() < 0 )
+        return false ;
+    return true ;
+}
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS_XTI_CALLBACK(wxWindow, wxWindowBase,"wx/window.h", wxWindowStreamingCallback)
+
+// make wxWindowList known before the property is used
+
+wxCOLLECTION_TYPE_INFO( wxWindow* , wxWindowList ) ;
+
+template<> void wxCollectionToVariantArray( wxWindowList const &theList, wxxVariantArray &value)
+{
+    wxListCollectionToVariantArray<wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator>( theList , value ) ;
+}
+
+WX_DEFINE_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )
+
+wxBEGIN_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )
+    // new style border flags, we put them first to
+    // use them for streaming out
+
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SIMPLE)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_SUNKEN)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_DOUBLE)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_RAISED)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_STATIC)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER_NONE)
+
+    // old style border flags
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSIMPLE_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSUNKEN_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxDOUBLE_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxRAISED_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxSTATIC_BORDER)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxBORDER)
+
+    // standard window styles
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTAB_TRAVERSAL)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxCLIP_CHILDREN)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxWANTS_CHARS)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB )
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxVSCROLL)
+    wxFLAGS_MEMBER(wxHSCROLL)
+
+wxEND_FLAGS( wxWindowStyle )
+
+wxBEGIN_PROPERTIES_TABLE(wxWindow)
+    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Close , wxEVT_CLOSE_WINDOW , wxCloseEvent)
+    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Create , wxEVT_CREATE , wxWindowCreateEvent )
+    wxEVENT_PROPERTY( Destroy , wxEVT_DESTROY , wxWindowDestroyEvent )
+    // Always constructor Properties first
+
+    wxREADONLY_PROPERTY( Parent,wxWindow*, GetParent, EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+    wxPROPERTY( Id,wxWindowID, SetId, GetId, -1 /*wxID_ANY*/ , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group") )
+    wxPROPERTY( Position,wxPoint, SetPosition , GetPosition, wxDefaultPosition , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // pos
+    wxPROPERTY( Size,wxSize, SetSize, GetSize, wxDefaultSize , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // size
+    wxPROPERTY( WindowStyle , long , SetWindowStyleFlag , GetWindowStyleFlag , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // style
+
+    // Then all relations of the object graph
+
+    wxREADONLY_PROPERTY_COLLECTION( Children , wxWindowList , wxWindowBase* , GetWindowChildren , wxPROP_OBJECT_GRAPH /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+
+   // and finally all other properties
+
+    wxPROPERTY( ExtraStyle , long , SetExtraStyle , GetExtraStyle , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // extstyle
+    wxPROPERTY( BackgroundColour , wxColour , SetBackgroundColour , GetBackgroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // bg
+    wxPROPERTY( ForegroundColour , wxColour , SetForegroundColour , GetForegroundColour , EMPTY_MACROVALUE , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group")) // fg
+    wxPROPERTY( Enabled , bool , Enable , IsEnabled , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+    wxPROPERTY( Shown , bool , Show , IsShown , wxxVariant((bool)true) , 0 /*flags*/ , wxT("Helpstring") , wxT("group"))
+#if 0
+    // possible property candidates (not in xrc) or not valid in all subclasses
+    wxPROPERTY( Title,wxString, SetTitle, GetTitle, wxEmptyString )
+    wxPROPERTY( Font , wxFont , SetFont , GetWindowFont  , )
+    wxPROPERTY( Label,wxString, SetLabel, GetLabel, wxEmptyString )
+    // MaxHeight, Width , MinHeight , Width
+    // TODO switch label to control and title to toplevels
+
+    wxPROPERTY( ThemeEnabled , bool , SetThemeEnabled , GetThemeEnabled , )
+    //wxPROPERTY( Cursor , wxCursor , SetCursor , GetCursor , )
+    // wxPROPERTY( ToolTip , wxString , SetToolTip , GetToolTipText , )
+    wxPROPERTY( AutoLayout , bool , SetAutoLayout , GetAutoLayout , )
+
+
+
+#endif
+wxEND_PROPERTIES_TABLE()
+
+wxBEGIN_HANDLERS_TABLE(wxWindow)
+wxEND_HANDLERS_TABLE()
+
+wxCONSTRUCTOR_DUMMY(wxWindow)
+
+#else

     IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase)
     IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxWindow, wxWindowBase)

+#endif

 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__/__WXMSW__
 
 BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE(wxWindowMSW, wxWindowBase)

-    EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground)

     EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged)
     EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED(wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged)

+    EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND(wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground)
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__

     EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog)
     EVT_INIT_DIALOG(wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog)

-    EVT_IDLE(wxWindowMSW::OnIdle)
-    EVT_SET_FOCUS(wxWindowMSW::OnSetFocus)
+#endif

 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 // ===========================================================================
 END_EVENT_TABLE()
 
 // ===========================================================================


@@ -194,10 +402,10 @@ END_EVENT_TABLE()
 wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
 {
 #if wxUSE_CONTROLS
 wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
 {
 #if wxUSE_CONTROLS

-    wxControl *item = wxDynamicThisCast(this, wxControl);
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCastThis(wxControl);

     if ( item )
     {
     if ( item )
     {

-        // is it we or one of our "internal" children?
+        // is it us or one of our "internal" children?

         if ( item->GetId() == id
 #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
                 || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND)
         if ( item->GetId() == id
 #ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
                 || (item->GetSubcontrols().Index(id) != wxNOT_FOUND)


@@ -209,7 +417,7 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
 

-    wxWindowList::Node *current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst();

     while (current)
     {
         wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData();
     while (current)
     {
         wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData();


@@ -227,7 +435,7 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItem(long id) const
 // Find an item given the MS Windows handle
 wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
 {
 // Find an item given the MS Windows handle
 wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
 {

-    wxWindowList::Node *current = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = GetChildren().GetFirst();

     while (current)
     {
         wxWindow *parent = current->GetData();
     while (current)
     {
         wxWindow *parent = current->GetData();


@@ -261,7 +469,7 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowMSW::FindItemByHWND(WXHWND hWnd, bool controlOnly) const
 // Default command handler
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
 {
 // Default command handler
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
 {

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -270,66 +478,60 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCommand(WXUINT WXUNUSED(param), WXWORD WXUNUSED(id))
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Init()
 {
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Init()
 {

-    // generic
-    InitBase();
-

     // MSW specific
     // MSW specific

-    m_doubleClickAllowed = 0;
-
-    m_isBeingDeleted = FALSE;
-    m_oldWndProc = 0;
-    m_useCtl3D = FALSE;
-    m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
+    m_isBeingDeleted = false;
+    m_oldWndProc = NULL;
+    m_mouseInWindow = false;
+    m_lastKeydownProcessed = false;

 
 

-    // wxWnd
-    m_hMenu = 0;
+    m_childrenDisabled = NULL;
+    m_frozenness = 0;

 
     m_hWnd = 0;
 
     m_hWnd = 0;

-
-    // pass WM_GETDLGCODE to DefWindowProc()
-    m_lDlgCode = 0;
+    m_hDWP = 0;

 
     m_xThumbSize = 0;
     m_yThumbSize = 0;
 
     m_xThumbSize = 0;
     m_yThumbSize = 0;

-    m_backgroundTransparent = FALSE;

 
 

-    // as all windows are created with WS_VISIBLE style...
-    m_isShown = TRUE;
+    m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition;
+    m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize;

 
 

-#if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
-    m_lastMouseX =
-    m_lastMouseY = -1;
-    m_lastMouseEvent = -1;
-#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+    m_contextMenuEnabled = false;
+#endif

 }
 
 // Destructor
 wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
 {
 }
 
 // Destructor
 wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
 {

-    m_isBeingDeleted = TRUE;
-
-    MSWDetachWindowMenu();
+    m_isBeingDeleted = true;

 
 

+#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__

     // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us:
     // VS: make sure there's no wxFrame with last focus set to us:

-    for (wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent())
+    for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() )

     {
     {

-        wxFrame *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxFrame);
+        wxTopLevelWindow *frame = wxDynamicCast(win, wxTopLevelWindow);

         if ( frame )
         {
             if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this )
         if ( frame )
         {
             if ( frame->GetLastFocus() == this )

-                frame->SetLastFocus((wxWindow*)NULL);
-            break;
+            {
+                frame->SetLastFocus(NULL);
+            }
+
+            // apparently sometimes we can end up with our grand parent
+            // pointing to us as well: this is surely a bug in focus handling
+            // code but it's not clear where it happens so for now just try to
+            // fix it here by not breaking out of the loop
+            //break;

         }
     }
         }
     }

+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__

 
     // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent.
 
     // VS: destroy children first and _then_ detach *this from its parent.

-    //     If we'd do it the other way around, children wouldn't be able
+    //     If we did it the other way around, children wouldn't be able

     //     find their parent frame (see above).
     DestroyChildren();
 
     //     find their parent frame (see above).
     DestroyChildren();
 

-    if ( m_parent )
-        m_parent->RemoveChild(this);
-

     if ( m_hWnd )
     {
         // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here
     if ( m_hWnd )
     {
         // VZ: test temp removed to understand what really happens here


@@ -342,6 +544,9 @@ wxWindowMSW::~wxWindowMSW()
         // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
         wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
     }
         // remove hWnd <-> wxWindow association
         wxRemoveHandleAssociation(this);
     }

+
+    delete m_childrenDisabled;
+

 }
 
 // real construction (Init() must have been called before!)
 }
 
 // real construction (Init() must have been called before!)


@@ -352,64 +557,36 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::Create(wxWindow *parent,
                          long style,
                          const wxString& name)
 {
                          long style,
                          const wxString& name)
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( parent, FALSE, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( parent, false, wxT("can't create wxWindow without parent") );

 
     if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )
 
     if ( !CreateBase(parent, id, pos, size, style, wxDefaultValidator, name) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     parent->AddChild(this);
 
 
     parent->AddChild(this);
 

-    // all windows are created visible
-    DWORD msflags = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE;
+    WXDWORD exstyle;
+    DWORD msflags = MSWGetCreateWindowFlags(&exstyle);

 
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
 
 #ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__

-    // no 3d effects, we draw them ourselves
-    WXDWORD exStyle = 0;
-#else // !wxUniversal
-    if ( style & wxCLIP_CHILDREN )
-        msflags |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
-    if ( style & wxCLIP_SIBLINGS )
-        msflags |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
+    // no borders, we draw them ourselves
+    exstyle &= ~(WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME |
+                 WS_EX_STATICEDGE |
+                 WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE |
+                 WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE);
+    msflags &= ~WS_BORDER;
+#endif // wxUniversal

 
 

-    bool want3D;
-    WXDWORD exStyle = Determine3DEffects(WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE, &want3D);
-
-    // Even with extended styles, need to combine with WS_BORDER
-    // for them to look right.
-    if ( want3D ||
-        (m_windowStyle & (wxBORDER |
-                          wxSIMPLE_BORDER |
-                          wxRAISED_BORDER |
-                          wxSUNKEN_BORDER |
-                          wxDOUBLE_BORDER)) )
-    {
-        msflags |= WS_BORDER;
-    }
-
-    // calculate the value to return from WM_GETDLGCODE handler
-    if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxWANTS_CHARS )
+    if ( IsShown() )

     {
     {

-        // want everything: i.e. all keys and WM_CHAR message
-        m_lDlgCode = DLGC_WANTARROWS | DLGC_WANTCHARS |
-                     DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTMESSAGE;
+        msflags |= WS_VISIBLE;

     }
     }

-#endif // wxUniversal/!wxUniversal

 
 

-    if ( style & wxPOPUP_WINDOW )
-    {
-        // a popup window floats on top of everything
-        exStyle |= WS_EX_TOPMOST | WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
+    if ( !MSWCreate(wxCanvasClassName, NULL, pos, size, msflags, exstyle) )
+        return false;

 
 

-        // it is also created hidden as other top level windows
-        msflags &= ~WS_VISIBLE;
-        m_isShown = FALSE;
-    }
+    InheritAttributes();

 
 

-    return MSWCreate(m_windowId, parent, wxCanvasClassName,
-                     (wxWindow *)this, NULL,
-                     pos.x, pos.y,
-                     WidthDefault(size.x), HeightDefault(size.y),
-                     msflags, NULL, exStyle);
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -421,34 +598,46 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetFocus()
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") );
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("can't set focus to invalid window") );
 

-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)

     ::SetLastError(0);
 #endif
     ::SetLastError(0);
 #endif

-    
+

     if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) )
     {
     if ( !::SetFocus(hWnd) )
     {

+#if defined(__WXDEBUG__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)

         // was there really an error?
         // was there really an error?

-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__

         DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError();
         DWORD dwRes = ::GetLastError();

-#else
-
-        DWORD dwRes = 0;
-#endif

         if ( dwRes )
         {
         if ( dwRes )
         {

-            wxLogApiError(_T("SetFocus"), dwRes);
+            HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
+            if ( hwndFocus != hWnd )
+            {
+                wxLogApiError(_T("SetFocus"), dwRes);
+            }

         }
         }

+#endif // Debug
+    }
+}

 
 

-        // VZ: just why does this happen sometimes?? any idea?
-#if 0
-        HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
-        wxASSERT_MSG( hwndFocus == hWnd, _T("SetFocus() didn't work?") );
-#endif // 0
+void wxWindowMSW::SetFocusFromKbd()
+{
+    // when the focus is given to the control with DLGC_HASSETSEL style from
+    // keyboard its contents should be entirely selected: this is what
+    // ::IsDialogMessage() does and so we should do it as well to provide the
+    // same LNF as the native programs
+    if ( ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_HASSETSEL )
+    {
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), EM_SETSEL, 0, -1);

     }
     }

+
+    // do this after (maybe) setting the selection as like this when
+    // wxEVT_SET_FOCUS handler is called, the selection would have been already
+    // set correctly -- this may be important
+    wxWindowBase::SetFocusFromKbd();

 }
 
 // Get the window with the focus
 }
 
 // Get the window with the focus

-wxWindow *wxWindowBase::FindFocus()
+wxWindow *wxWindowBase::DoFindFocus()

 {
     HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus();
     if ( hWnd )
 {
     HWND hWnd = ::GetFocus();
     if ( hWnd )


@@ -462,78 +651,95 @@ wxWindow *wxWindowBase::FindFocus()
 bool wxWindowMSW::Enable(bool enable)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Enable(enable) )
 bool wxWindowMSW::Enable(bool enable)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Enable(enable) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
         ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
 
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
         ::EnableWindow(hWnd, (BOOL)enable);
 

-    // VZ: no, this is a bad idea: imagine that you have a dialog with some
-    //     disabled controls and disable it - you really wouldn't like the
-    //     disabled controls be reenabled too when you reenable the dialog!
-#if 0
-    wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
-    while ( node )
+    // the logic below doesn't apply to the top level windows -- otherwise
+    // showing a modal dialog would result in total greying out (and ungreying
+    // out later) of everything which would be really ugly
+    if ( IsTopLevel() )
+        return true;
+
+    // when the parent is disabled, all of its children should be disabled as
+    // well but when it is enabled back, only those of the children which
+    // hadn't been already disabled in the beginning should be enabled again,
+    // so we have to keep the list of those children
+    for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+          node;
+          node = node->GetNext() )

     {
         wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
     {
         wxWindow *child = node->GetData();

-        child->Enable(enable);
+        if ( child->IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            // the logic below doesn't apply to top level children
+            continue;
+        }

 
 

-        node = node->GetNext();
+        if ( enable )
+        {
+            // re-enable the child unless it had been disabled before us
+            if ( !m_childrenDisabled || !m_childrenDisabled->Find(child) )
+                child->Enable();
+        }
+        else // we're being disabled
+        {
+            if ( child->IsEnabled() )
+            {
+                // disable it as children shouldn't stay enabled while the
+                // parent is not
+                child->Disable();
+            }
+            else // child already disabled, remember it
+            {
+                // have we created the list of disabled children already?
+                if ( !m_childrenDisabled )
+                    m_childrenDisabled = new wxWindowList;
+
+                m_childrenDisabled->Append(child);
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( enable && m_childrenDisabled )
+    {
+        // we don't need this list any more, don't keep unused memory
+        delete m_childrenDisabled;
+        m_childrenDisabled = NULL;

     }
     }

-#endif // 0

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) )
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::Show(bool show)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Show(show) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();

-    int cshow = show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE;
-    ::ShowWindow(hWnd, cshow);

 
 

-    if ( show )
+    // we could be called before the underlying window is created (this is
+    // actually useful to prevent it from being initially shown), e.g.
+    //
+    //      wxFoo *foo = new wxFoo;
+    //      foo->Hide();
+    //      foo->Create(parent, ...);
+    //
+    // should work without errors
+    if ( hWnd )

     {
     {

-#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
-       // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the
-       // window to the top, which can be the wrong one.
-       
-       /* activate (set focus to) specified window*/
-       ::SetFocus(hWnd);
-
-       /* raise top level parent to top of z order*/
-       ::SetWindowPos(hWnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-               SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE);
-#else
-        BringWindowToTop(hWnd);
-#endif
+        ::ShowWindow(hWnd, show ? SW_SHOW : SW_HIDE);

     }
 
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // Raise the window to the top of the Z order
 void wxWindowMSW::Raise()
 {
 }
 
 // Raise the window to the top of the Z order
 void wxWindowMSW::Raise()
 {

-#ifdef __WIN16__
-    ::BringWindowToTop(GetHwnd());
-#else // Win32
-#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
-       // It seems that MicroWindows brings the _parent_ of the
-       // window to the top, which can be the wrong one.
-       
-       /* activate (set focus to) specified window*/
-       ::SetFocus(GetHwnd());
-
-       /* raise top level parent to top of z order*/
-       ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-               SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE);
-#else
-    ::SetForegroundWindow(GetHwnd());
-#endif
-#endif
+    wxBringWindowToTop(GetHwnd());

 }
 
 // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order
 }
 
 // Lower the window to the bottom of the Z order


@@ -543,17 +749,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Lower()
                    SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
 }
 
                    SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
 }
 

-void wxWindowMSW::SetTitle( const wxString& title)
-{
-    SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), title.c_str());
-}
-
-wxString wxWindowMSW::GetTitle() const
-{
-    return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND());
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::CaptureMouse()
+void wxWindowMSW::DoCaptureMouse()

 {
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )


@@ -562,7 +758,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::CaptureMouse()
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 

-void wxWindowMSW::ReleaseMouse()
+void wxWindowMSW::DoReleaseMouse()

 {
     if ( !::ReleaseCapture() )
     {
 {
     if ( !::ReleaseCapture() )
     {


@@ -581,7 +777,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
     if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) )
     {
         // nothing to do
     if ( !wxWindowBase::SetFont(font) )
     {
         // nothing to do

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     }
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();


@@ -594,35 +790,26 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::SetFont(const wxFont& font)
         ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0));
     }
 
         ::SendMessage(hWnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hFont, MAKELPARAM(TRUE, 0));
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) )
     {
         // no change
 }
 bool wxWindowMSW::SetCursor(const wxCursor& cursor)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::SetCursor(cursor) )
     {
         // no change

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     }
 

-    if ( m_cursor.Ok() )
+    // don't "overwrite" busy cursor
+    if ( m_cursor.Ok() && !wxIsBusy() )

     {
     {

-        HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-
-        // Change the cursor NOW if we're within the correct window
-        POINT point;
-        ::GetCursorPos(&point);
-
-        RECT rect;
-        ::GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
-
-        if ( ::PtInRect(&rect, point) && !wxIsBusy() )
-            ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor));
+        ::SetCursor(GetHcursorOf(m_cursor));

     }
 
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer (int x, int y)
+void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer(int x, int y)

 {
     ClientToScreen(&x, &y);
 
 {
     ClientToScreen(&x, &y);
 


@@ -632,303 +819,262 @@ void wxWindowMSW::WarpPointer (int x, int y)
     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 

-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-void wxWindowMSW::MSWDeviceToLogical (float *x, float *y) const
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateUIState(int action, int state)

 {
 {

+    // WM_CHANGEUISTATE only appeared in Windows 2000 so it can do us no good
+    // to use it on older systems -- and could possibly do some harm
+    static int s_needToUpdate = -1;
+    if ( s_needToUpdate == -1 )
+    {
+        int verMaj, verMin;
+        s_needToUpdate = wxGetOsVersion(&verMaj, &verMin) == wxOS_WINDOWS_NT &&
+                            verMaj >= 5;
+    }
+
+    if ( s_needToUpdate )
+    {
+        // we send WM_CHANGEUISTATE so if nothing needs changing then the system
+        // won't send WM_UPDATEUISTATE
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_CHANGEUISTATE, MAKEWPARAM(action, state), 0);
+    }

 }
 }

-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY

 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // scrolling stuff
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // scrolling stuff
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollRange(int orient, int range, bool refresh)
+inline int GetScrollPosition(HWND hWnd, int wOrient)
+{
+#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
+    return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient);
+#else
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;
+    scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+    scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_POS;
+    ::GetScrollInfo(hWnd, wOrient, &scrollInfo );
+
+    return scrollInfo.nPos;
+
+#endif
+}
+
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const

 {
 {

-#if defined(__WIN95__)
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_MSG( hWnd, 0, _T("no HWND in GetScrollPos") );

 
 

-    int range1 = range;
+    return GetScrollPosition(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT);
+}

 
 

-    // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-    // - a Windows API quirk
-    int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
-    if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+// This now returns the whole range, not just the number
+// of positions that we can scroll.
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
+{
+    int maxPos;
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    if ( !hWnd )
+        return 0;
+#if 0
+    ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                     &minPos, &maxPos);
+#endif
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;
+    scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_RANGE;
+    if ( !::GetScrollInfo(hWnd,
+                          orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                          &scrollInfo) )

     {
     {

-        range1 += (pageSize - 1);
+        // Most of the time this is not really an error, since the return
+        // value can also be zero when there is no scrollbar yet.
+        // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));

     }
     }

+    maxPos = scrollInfo.nMax;
+
+    // undo "range - 1" done in SetScrollbar()
+    return maxPos + 1;
+}

 
 

-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
+int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
+{
+    return orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? m_xThumbSize : m_yThumbSize;
+}

 
 

-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
-    }
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
+{
+    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_RET( hWnd, _T("SetScrollPos: no HWND") );

 
 

-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info;
+    info.nPage = 0;

     info.nMin = 0;
     info.nMin = 0;

-    info.nMax = range1;
-    info.nPos = 0;
-    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE;
+    info.nPos = pos;
+    info.fMask = SIF_POS;
+    if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) )
+    {
+        // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then
+        info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL;
+    }

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+    ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                    &info, refresh);
+}
+
+// New function that will replace some of the above.
+void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient,
+                               int pos,
+                               int pageSize,
+                               int range,
+                               bool refresh)
+{
+    WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> info;
+    info.nPage = pageSize;
+    info.nMin = 0;              // range is nMax - nMin + 1
+    info.nMax = range - 1;      //  as both nMax and nMax are inclusive
+    info.nPos = pos;
+    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
+    if ( HasFlag(wxALWAYS_SHOW_SB) )
+    {
+        // disable scrollbar instead of removing it then
+        info.fMask |= SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL;
+    }

 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
 
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )

-        ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, refresh);
-#endif
+    {
+        // We have to set the variables here to make them valid in events
+        // triggered by ::SetScrollInfo()
+        *(orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? &m_xThumbSize : &m_yThumbSize) = pageSize;
+
+        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, orient == wxHORIZONTAL ? SB_HORZ : SB_VERT,
+                        &info, refresh);
+    }

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPage(int orient, int page, bool refresh)
+void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect)

 {
 {

-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
-
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-        m_xThumbSize = page;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
-        m_yThumbSize = page;
+    RECT rect;
+    RECT *pr;
+    if ( prect )
+    {
+        rect.left = prect->x;
+        rect.top = prect->y;
+        rect.right = prect->x + prect->width;
+        rect.bottom = prect->y + prect->height;
+        pr = &rect;

     }
     }

+    else
+    {
+        pr = NULL;

 
 

-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = page;
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.fMask = SIF_PAGE;
+    }

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    // FIXME: is this the exact equivalent of the line below?
+    ::ScrollWindowEx(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr, 0, 0, SW_SCROLLCHILDREN|SW_ERASE|SW_INVALIDATE);

 #else
 #else

-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        m_xThumbSize = page;
-    else
-        m_yThumbSize = page;
+    ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, pr, pr);

 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
 }
 

-int wxWindowMSW::OldGetScrollRange(int orient) const
+static bool ScrollVertically(HWND hwnd, int kind, int count)

 {
 {

-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
+    int posStart = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT);

 
 

-#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
-    short minPos, maxPos;
-#else
-    int minPos, maxPos;
-#endif
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
+    int pos = posStart;
+    for ( int n = 0; n < count; n++ )

     {
     {

-        ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-        // - a Windows API quirk
-        int pageSize = GetScrollPage(orient);
-        if ( pageSize > 1 )
+        ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, kind, 0);
+
+        int posNew = GetScrollPosition(hwnd, SB_VERT);
+        if ( posNew == pos )

         {
         {

-            maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
+            // don't bother to continue, we're already at top/bottom
+            break;

         }
         }

-#endif
-        return maxPos;
+
+        pos = posNew;

     }
     }

-    else
-        return 0;
+
+    return pos != posStart;

 }
 
 }
 

-int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPage(int orient) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollLines(int lines)

 {
 {

-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        return m_xThumbSize;
-    else
-        return m_yThumbSize;
-}
+    bool down = lines > 0;

 
 

-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-
-int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollPos(int orient) const
-{
-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-    {
-#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
-        return ::GetScrollPosWX(hWnd, wOrient);
-#else
-        return ::GetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient);
-#endif
-    }
-    else
-        return 0;
+    return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(),
+                            down ? SB_LINEDOWN : SB_LINEUP,
+                            down ? lines : -lines);

 }
 
 }
 

-// This now returns the whole range, not just the number
-// of positions that we can scroll.
-int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollRange(int orient) const
+bool wxWindowMSW::ScrollPages(int pages)

 {
 {

-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-
-#if __WATCOMC__ && defined(__WINDOWS_386__)
-    short minPos, maxPos;
-#else
-    int minPos, maxPos;
-#endif
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-    {
-        ::GetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, &minPos, &maxPos);
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-        // - a Windows API quirk
-        int pageSize = GetScrollThumb(orient);
-        if ( pageSize > 1 )
-        {
-            maxPos -= (pageSize - 1);
-        }
-        // October 10th: new range concept.
-        maxPos += pageSize;
-#endif
+    bool down = pages > 0;

 
 

-        return maxPos;
-    }
-    else
-        return 0;
+    return ScrollVertically(GetHwnd(),
+                            down ? SB_PAGEDOWN : SB_PAGEUP,
+                            down ? pages : -pages);

 }
 
 }
 

-int wxWindowMSW::GetScrollThumb(int orient) const
-{
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        return m_xThumbSize;
-    else
-        return m_yThumbSize;
-}
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// RTL support
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollPos(int orient, int pos, bool refresh)
+void wxWindowMSW::SetLayoutDirection(wxLayoutDirection dir)

 {
 {

-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
-
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
-    }
-
-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = 0;
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.nPos = pos;
-    info.fMask = SIF_POS;
-
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    wxUnusedVar(dir);

 #else
 #else

-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-        ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
-#endif
-}
-
-// New function that will replace some of the above.
-void wxWindowMSW::SetScrollbar(int orient, int pos, int thumbVisible,
-                            int range, bool refresh)
-{
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-    int oldRange = range - thumbVisible;
+    const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_RET( hwnd, _T("layout direction must be set after window creation") );

 
 

-    int range1 = oldRange;
+    LONG styleOld = ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE);

 
 

-    // Try to adjust the range to cope with page size > 1
-    // - a Windows API quirk
-    int pageSize = thumbVisible;
-    if ( pageSize > 1 && range > 0)
+    LONG styleNew = styleOld;
+    switch ( dir )

     {
     {

-        range1 += (pageSize - 1);
-    }
+        case wxLayout_LeftToRight:
+            styleNew &= ~WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL;
+            break;

 
 

-    SCROLLINFO info;
-    int dir;
+        case wxLayout_RightToLeft:
+            styleNew |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL;
+            break;

 
 

-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
-        dir = SB_HORZ;
-    } else {
-        dir = SB_VERT;
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG(_T("unsupported layout direction"));
+            break;

     }
 
     }
 

-    info.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
-    info.nPage = pageSize; // Have to set this, or scrollbar goes awry
-    info.nMin = 0;
-    info.nMax = range1;
-    info.nPos = pos;
-    info.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
-
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
-        ::SetScrollInfo(hWnd, dir, &info, refresh);
-#else
-    int wOrient;
-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL )
-        wOrient = SB_HORZ;
-    else
-        wOrient = SB_VERT;
-
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    if ( hWnd )
+    if ( styleNew != styleOld )

     {
     {

-        ::SetScrollRange(hWnd, wOrient, 0, range, FALSE);
-        ::SetScrollPos(hWnd, wOrient, pos, refresh);
+        ::SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE, styleNew);

     }
 #endif
     }
 #endif

-    if ( orient == wxHORIZONTAL ) {
-        m_xThumbSize = thumbVisible;
-    } else {
-        m_yThumbSize = thumbVisible;
-    }

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindowMSW::ScrollWindow(int dx, int dy, const wxRect *prect)
+wxLayoutDirection wxWindowMSW::GetLayoutDirection() const

 {
 {

-    RECT rect;
-    if ( prect )
-    {
-        rect.left = prect->x;
-        rect.top = prect->y;
-        rect.right = prect->x + prect->width;
-        rect.bottom = prect->y + prect->height;
-    }
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    return wxLayout_Default;
+#else
+    const HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
+    wxCHECK_MSG( hwnd, wxLayout_Default, _T("invalid window") );

 
 

-    ::ScrollWindow(GetHwnd(), dx, dy, prect ? &rect : NULL, NULL);
+    return ::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL
+                ? wxLayout_RightToLeft
+                : wxLayout_LeftToRight;
+#endif
+}
+
+wxCoord
+wxWindowMSW::AdjustForLayoutDirection(wxCoord x,
+                                      wxCoord WXUNUSED(width),
+                                      wxCoord WXUNUSED(widthTotal)) const
+{
+    // Win32 mirrors the coordinates of RTL windows automatically, so don't
+    // redo it ourselves
+    return x;

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -944,11 +1090,26 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SubclassWin(WXHWND hWnd)
 
     wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this);
 
 
     wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hwnd, this);
 

-    m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC) GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
+    m_oldWndProc = (WXFARPROC)wxGetWindowProc((HWND)hWnd);
+
+    // we don't need to subclass the window of our own class (in the Windows
+    // sense of the word)
+    if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc(hWnd, (WXFARPROC)wxWndProc) )
+    {
+        wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, wxWndProc);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // don't bother restoring it either: this also makes it easy to
+        // implement IsOfStandardClass() method which returns true for the
+        // standard controls and false for the wxWidgets own windows as it can
+        // simply check m_oldWndProc
+        m_oldWndProc = NULL;
+    }

 
 

-    wxASSERT( (WXFARPROC) m_oldWndProc != (WXFARPROC) wxWndProc );
-    
-    SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) wxWndProc);
+    // we're officially created now, send the event
+    wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()


@@ -959,136 +1120,274 @@ void wxWindowMSW::UnsubclassWin()
     HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hwnd )
     {
     HWND hwnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hwnd )
     {

-        m_hWnd = 0;
+        SetHWND(0);

 
         wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") );
 
 
         wxCHECK_RET( ::IsWindow(hwnd), wxT("invalid HWND in UnsubclassWin") );
 

-        FARPROC farProc = (FARPROC) GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC);
-        if ( (m_oldWndProc != 0) && (farProc != (FARPROC) m_oldWndProc) )
+        if ( m_oldWndProc )

         {
         {

-            SetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_WNDPROC, (LONG) m_oldWndProc);
-            m_oldWndProc = 0;
+            if ( !wxCheckWindowWndProc((WXHWND)hwnd, m_oldWndProc) )
+            {
+                wxSetWindowProc(hwnd, (WNDPROC)m_oldWndProc);
+            }
+
+            m_oldWndProc = NULL;

         }
     }
 }
 
         }
     }
 }
 

-// Make a Windows extended style from the given wxWindows window style
-WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MakeExtendedStyle(long style, bool eliminateBorders)
+void wxWindowMSW::AssociateHandle(WXWidget handle)

 {
 {

-    WXDWORD exStyle = 0;
-    if ( style & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
-        exStyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT;
-
-    if ( !eliminateBorders )
+    if ( m_hWnd )

     {
     {

-        if ( style & wxSUNKEN_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
-        if ( style & wxDOUBLE_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        if ( style & wxRAISED_BORDER )
-            // It seems that WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE doesn't work, but WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME does
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME; /* WS_EX_WINDOWEDGE */;
-        if ( style & wxSTATIC_BORDER )
-            exStyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE;
-#endif
+      if ( !::DestroyWindow(GetHwnd()) )
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("DestroyWindow"));

     }
     }

-    return exStyle;
+
+    WXHWND wxhwnd = (WXHWND)handle;
+
+    SetHWND(wxhwnd);
+    SubclassWin(wxhwnd);

 }
 
 }
 

-// Determines whether native 3D effects or CTL3D should be used,
-// applying a default border style if required, and returning an extended
-// style to pass to CreateWindowEx.
-WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::Determine3DEffects(WXDWORD defaultBorderStyle,
-                                     bool *want3D) const
+void wxWindowMSW::DissociateHandle()

 {
 {

-    // If matches certain criteria, then assume no 3D effects
-    // unless specifically requested (dealt with in MakeExtendedStyle)
-    if ( !GetParent()
-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-            || !IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl))
-#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
-            || (m_windowStyle & wxNO_BORDER) )
-    {
-        *want3D = FALSE;
-        return MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle, FALSE);
-    }
+    // this also calls SetHWND(0) for us
+    UnsubclassWin();
+}

 
 

-    // Determine whether we should be using 3D effects or not.
-    bool nativeBorder = FALSE; // by default, we don't want a Win95 effect

 
 

-    // 1) App can specify global 3D effects
-    *want3D = wxTheApp->GetAuto3D();
+bool wxCheckWindowWndProc(WXHWND hWnd,
+                          WXFARPROC WXUNUSED(wndProc))
+{
+// TODO: This list of window class names should be factored out so they can be
+// managed in one place and then accessed from here and other places, such as
+// wxApp::RegisterWindowClasses() and wxApp::UnregisterWindowClasses()

 
 

-    // 2) If the parent is being drawn with user colours, or simple border specified,
-    // switch effects off. TODO: replace wxUSER_COLOURS with wxNO_3D
-    if ( GetParent() && (GetParent()->GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxUSER_COLOURS) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) )
-        *want3D = FALSE;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+    extern       wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR;
+#else
+    extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassName;
+    extern const wxChar *wxCanvasClassNameNR;
+#endif
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassName;
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw;
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassName;
+    extern const wxChar *wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw;
+    wxString str(wxGetWindowClass(hWnd));
+    if (str == wxCanvasClassName ||
+        str == wxCanvasClassNameNR ||
+#if wxUSE_GLCANVAS
+        str == _T("wxGLCanvasClass") ||
+        str == _T("wxGLCanvasClassNR") ||
+#endif // wxUSE_GLCANVAS
+        str == wxMDIFrameClassName ||
+        str == wxMDIFrameClassNameNoRedraw ||
+        str == wxMDIChildFrameClassName ||
+        str == wxMDIChildFrameClassNameNoRedraw ||
+        str == _T("wxTLWHiddenParent"))
+        return true; // Effectively means don't subclass
+    else
+        return false;
+}

 
 

-    // 3) Control can override this global setting by defining
-    // a border style, e.g. wxSUNKEN_BORDER
-    if ( m_windowStyle & wxSUNKEN_BORDER  )
-        *want3D = TRUE;
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Style handling
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-    // 4) If it's a special border, CTL3D can't cope so we want a native border
-    if ( (m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER) ||
-        (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) )
-    {
-        *want3D = TRUE;
-        nativeBorder = TRUE;
-    }
+void wxWindowMSW::SetWindowStyleFlag(long flags)
+{
+    long flagsOld = GetWindowStyleFlag();
+    if ( flags == flagsOld )
+        return;

 
 

-    // 5) If this isn't a Win95 app, and we are using CTL3D, remove border
-    // effects from extended style
-#if wxUSE_CTL3D
-    if ( *want3D )
-        nativeBorder = FALSE;
-#endif
+    // update the internal variable
+    wxWindowBase::SetWindowStyleFlag(flags);

 
 

-    DWORD exStyle = MakeExtendedStyle(m_windowStyle, !nativeBorder);
+    // and the real window flags
+    MSWUpdateStyle(flagsOld, GetExtraStyle());
+}

 
 

-    // If we want 3D, but haven't specified a border here,
-    // apply the default border style specified.
-    // TODO what about non-Win95 WIN32? Does it have borders?
-#if defined(__WIN95__) && !wxUSE_CTL3D
-    if ( defaultBorderStyle && (*want3D) && ! ((m_windowStyle & wxDOUBLE_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxRAISED_BORDER ) ||
-        (m_windowStyle & wxSTATIC_BORDER) || (m_windowStyle & wxSIMPLE_BORDER) ))
-        exStyle |= defaultBorderStyle; // WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
-#endif
+void wxWindowMSW::SetExtraStyle(long exflags)
+{
+    long exflagsOld = GetExtraStyle();
+    if ( exflags == exflagsOld )
+        return;
+
+    // update the internal variable
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflags);

 
 

-    return exStyle;
+    // and the real window flags
+    MSWUpdateStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), exflagsOld);

 }
 
 }
 

-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-// If nothing defined for this, try the parent.
-// E.g. we may be a button loaded from a resource, with no callback function
-// defined.
-void wxWindowMSW::OnCommand(wxWindow& win, wxCommandEvent& event)
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWUpdateStyle(long flagsOld, long exflagsOld)

 {
 {

-    if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)  )
+    // now update the Windows style as well if needed - and if the window had
+    // been already created
+    if ( !GetHwnd() )

         return;
         return;

-    if ( m_parent )
-        m_parent->GetEventHandler()->OnCommand(win, event);
+
+    // we may need to call SetWindowPos() when we change some styles
+    bool callSWP = false;
+
+    WXDWORD exstyle;
+    long style = MSWGetStyle(GetWindowStyleFlag(), &exstyle);
+
+    // this is quite a horrible hack but we need it because MSWGetStyle()
+    // doesn't take exflags as parameter but uses GetExtraStyle() internally
+    // and so we have to modify the window exflags temporarily to get the
+    // correct exstyleOld
+    long exflagsNew = GetExtraStyle();
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsOld);
+
+    WXDWORD exstyleOld;
+    long styleOld = MSWGetStyle(flagsOld, &exstyleOld);
+
+    wxWindowBase::SetExtraStyle(exflagsNew);
+
+
+    if ( style != styleOld )
+    {
+        // some flags (e.g. WS_VISIBLE or WS_DISABLED) should not be changed by
+        // this function so instead of simply setting the style to the new
+        // value we clear the bits which were set in styleOld but are set in
+        // the new one and set the ones which were not set before
+        long styleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE);
+        styleReal &= ~styleOld;
+        styleReal |= style;
+
+        ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_STYLE, styleReal);
+
+        // we need to call SetWindowPos() if any of the styles affecting the
+        // frame appearance have changed
+        callSWP = ((styleOld ^ style ) & (WS_BORDER |
+                                      WS_THICKFRAME |
+                                      WS_CAPTION |
+                                      WS_DLGFRAME |
+                                      WS_MAXIMIZEBOX |
+                                      WS_MINIMIZEBOX |
+                                      WS_SYSMENU) ) != 0;
+    }
+
+    // and the extended style
+    long exstyleReal = ::GetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE);
+
+    if ( exstyle != exstyleOld )
+    {
+        exstyleReal &= ~exstyleOld;
+        exstyleReal |= exstyle;
+
+        ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, exstyleReal);
+
+        // ex style changes don't take effect without calling SetWindowPos
+        callSWP = true;
+    }
+
+    if ( callSWP )
+    {
+        // we must call SetWindowPos() to flush the cached extended style and
+        // also to make the change to wxSTAY_ON_TOP style take effect: just
+        // setting the style simply doesn't work
+        if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(),
+                             exstyleReal & WS_EX_TOPMOST ? HWND_TOPMOST
+                                                         : HWND_NOTOPMOST,
+                             0, 0, 0, 0,
+                             SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_FRAMECHANGED) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowPos"));
+        }
+    }

 }
 }

-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2

 
 

-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-wxObject* wxWindowMSW::GetChild(int number) const
+WXDWORD wxWindowMSW::MSWGetStyle(long flags, WXDWORD *exstyle) const

 {
 {

-    // Return a pointer to the Nth object in the Panel
-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
-    int n = number;
-    while (node && n--)
-        node = node->Next();
-    if ( node )
+    // translate common wxWidgets styles to Windows ones
+
+    // most of windows are child ones, those which are not (such as
+    // wxTopLevelWindow) should remove WS_CHILD in their MSWGetStyle()
+    WXDWORD style = WS_CHILD;
+
+    // using this flag results in very significant reduction in flicker,
+    // especially with controls inside the static boxes (as the interior of the
+    // box is not redrawn twice), but sometimes results in redraw problems, so
+    // optionally allow the old code to continue to use it provided a special
+    // system option is turned on
+    if ( !wxSystemOptions::GetOptionInt(wxT("msw.window.no-clip-children"))
+            || (flags & wxCLIP_CHILDREN) )
+        style |= WS_CLIPCHILDREN;
+
+    // it doesn't seem useful to use WS_CLIPSIBLINGS here as we officially
+    // don't support overlapping windows and it only makes sense for them and,
+    // presumably, gives the system some extra work (to manage more clipping
+    // regions), so avoid it alltogether
+
+
+    if ( flags & wxVSCROLL )
+        style |= WS_VSCROLL;
+
+    if ( flags & wxHSCROLL )
+        style |= WS_HSCROLL;
+
+    const wxBorder border = GetBorder(flags);
+
+    // WS_BORDER is only required for wxBORDER_SIMPLE
+    if ( border == wxBORDER_SIMPLE )
+        style |= WS_BORDER;
+
+    // now deal with ext style if the caller wants it
+    if ( exstyle )

     {
     {

-        wxObject *obj = (wxObject *)node->Data();
-        return(obj);
+        *exstyle = 0;
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+        if ( flags & wxTRANSPARENT_WINDOW )
+            *exstyle |= WS_EX_TRANSPARENT;
+#endif
+
+        switch ( border )
+        {
+            default:
+            case wxBORDER_DEFAULT:
+                wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unknown border style") );
+                // fall through
+
+            case wxBORDER_NONE:
+            case wxBORDER_SIMPLE:
+                break;
+
+            case wxBORDER_STATIC:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_STATICEDGE;
+                break;
+
+            case wxBORDER_RAISED:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
+                break;
+
+            case wxBORDER_SUNKEN:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
+                style &= ~WS_BORDER;
+                break;
+
+            case wxBORDER_DOUBLE:
+                *exstyle |= WS_EX_DLGMODALFRAME;
+                break;
+        }
+
+        // wxUniv doesn't use Windows dialog navigation functions at all
+#if !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        // to make the dialog navigation work with the nested panels we must
+        // use this style (top level windows such as dialogs don't need it)
+        if ( (flags & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL) && !IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            *exstyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT;
+        }
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__

     }
     }

-    else
-        return NULL;
+
+    return style;

 }
 }

-#endif // WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY

 
 // Setup background and foreground colours correctly
 void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours()
 
 // Setup background and foreground colours correctly
 void wxWindowMSW::SetupColours()


@@ -1101,7 +1400,11 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const
 {
     // get the mouse position
     POINT pt;
 {
     // get the mouse position
     POINT pt;

+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    ::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt);
+#else

     ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
     ::GetCursorPos(&pt);

+#endif

 
     // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window
     // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it
 
     // find the window which currently has the cursor and go up the window
     // chain until we find this window - or exhaust it


@@ -1112,77 +1415,77 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::IsMouseInWindow() const
     return hwnd != NULL;
 }
 
     return hwnd != NULL;
 }
 

-void wxWindowMSW::OnIdle(wxIdleEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
+void wxWindowMSW::OnInternalIdle()

 {
 {

+#ifndef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT

     // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
     if ( m_mouseInWindow )
     {
     // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
     if ( m_mouseInWindow )
     {

+        // note that we should generate the leave event whether the window has
+        // or doesn't have mouse capture

         if ( !IsMouseInWindow() )
         {
         if ( !IsMouseInWindow() )
         {

-            // Generate a LEAVE event
-            m_mouseInWindow = FALSE;
-
-            // Unfortunately the mouse button and keyboard state may have
-            // changed by the time the OnIdle function is called, so 'state'
-            // may be meaningless.
-            int state = 0;
-            if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
-                state |= MK_SHIFT;
-            if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
-                state |= MK_CONTROL;
-            if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) )
-                state |= MK_LBUTTON;
-            if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) )
-                state |= MK_MBUTTON;
-            if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) )
-                state |= MK_RBUTTON;
-
-            POINT pt;
-            if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
-            {
-                wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos"));
-            }
-
-            // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with
-            // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
-            RECT rect;
-            if ( !::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rect) )
-            {
-                wxLogLastError(_T("GetWindowRect"));
-            }
-            pt.x -= rect.left;
-            pt.y -= rect.top;
-
-            wxMouseEvent event2(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
-            InitMouseEvent(event2, pt.x, pt.y, state);
-
-            (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
+            GenerateMouseLeave();

         }
     }
         }
     }

+#endif // !HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT

 
 

-    UpdateWindowUI();
+    if (wxUpdateUIEvent::CanUpdate(this))
+        UpdateWindowUI(wxUPDATE_UI_FROMIDLE);

 }
 
 // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'.
 bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) )
 }
 
 // Set this window to be the child of 'parent'.
 bool wxWindowMSW::Reparent(wxWindowBase *parent)
 {
     if ( !wxWindowBase::Reparent(parent) )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd();
     HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0;
 
     ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent);
 
 
     HWND hWndChild = GetHwnd();
     HWND hWndParent = GetParent() ? GetWinHwnd(GetParent()) : (HWND)0;
 
     ::SetParent(hWndChild, hWndParent);
 

-    return TRUE;
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( ::GetWindowLong(hWndChild, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+    {
+        EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent());
+    }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+static inline void SendSetRedraw(HWND hwnd, bool on)
+{
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+    ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)on, 0);
+#endif
+}
+
+void wxWindowMSW::Freeze()
+{
+    if ( !m_frozenness++ )
+    {
+        if ( IsShown() )
+            SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), false);
+    }

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindowMSW::Clear()
+void wxWindowMSW::Thaw()

 {
 {

-    wxClientDC dc((wxWindow *)this);
-    wxBrush brush(GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID);
-    dc.SetBackground(brush);
-    dc.Clear();
+    wxASSERT_MSG( m_frozenness > 0, _T("Thaw() without matching Freeze()") );
+
+    if ( --m_frozenness == 0 )
+    {
+        if ( IsShown() )
+        {
+            SendSetRedraw(GetHwnd(), true);
+
+            // we need to refresh everything or otherwise the invalidated area
+            // is not going to be repainted
+            Refresh();
+        }
+    }

 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)


@@ -1190,18 +1493,32 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Refresh(bool eraseBack, const wxRect *rect)
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
     {
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
     {

+        RECT mswRect;
+        const RECT *pRect;

         if ( rect )
         {
         if ( rect )
         {

-            RECT mswRect;

             mswRect.left = rect->x;
             mswRect.top = rect->y;
             mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
             mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
 
             mswRect.left = rect->x;
             mswRect.top = rect->y;
             mswRect.right = rect->x + rect->width;
             mswRect.bottom = rect->y + rect->height;
 

-            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, &mswRect, eraseBack);
+            pRect = &mswRect;

         }
         else
         }
         else

-            ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, NULL, eraseBack);
+        {
+            pRect = NULL;
+        }
+
+        // RedrawWindow not available on SmartPhone or eVC++ 3
+#if !defined(__SMARTPHONE__) && !(defined(_WIN32_WCE) && _WIN32_WCE < 400)
+        UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN;
+        if ( eraseBack )
+            flags |= RDW_ERASE;
+
+        ::RedrawWindow(hWnd, pRect, NULL, flags);
+#else
+        ::InvalidateRect(hWnd, pRect, eraseBack);
+#endif

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -1212,7 +1529,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Update()
         wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow"));
     }
 
         wxLogLastError(_T("UpdateWindow"));
     }
 

-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__WXMICROWIN__)
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)

     // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT
     // handler needs to be really drawn right now
     (void)::GdiFlush();
     // just calling UpdateWindow() is not enough, what we did in our WM_PAINT
     // handler needs to be really drawn right now
     (void)::GdiFlush();


@@ -1223,8 +1540,42 @@ void wxWindowMSW::Update()
 // drag and drop
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // drag and drop
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP || !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+// we need to lower the sibling static boxes so controls contained within can be
+// a drop target
+static void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow *parent)
+{
+    // no sibling static boxes if we have no parent (ie TLW)
+    if ( !parent )
+        return;
+
+    for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst();
+          node;
+          node = node->GetNext() )
+    {
+        wxStaticBox *statbox = wxDynamicCast(node->GetData(), wxStaticBox);
+        if ( statbox )
+        {
+            ::SetWindowPos(GetHwndOf(statbox), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0,
+                           SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+#else // !wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+static inline void AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(wxWindow * WXUNUSED(parent))
+{
+}

 
 

+#endif // wxUSE_STATBOX/!wxUSE_STATBOX
+
+#endif // drag and drop is used
+
+#if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP

 void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
 {
     if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) {
 void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
 {
     if ( m_dropTarget != 0 ) {


@@ -1234,18 +1585,25 @@ void wxWindowMSW::SetDropTarget(wxDropTarget *pDropTarget)
 
     m_dropTarget = pDropTarget;
     if ( m_dropTarget != 0 )
 
     m_dropTarget = pDropTarget;
     if ( m_dropTarget != 0 )

+    {
+        AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent());

         m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);
         m_dropTarget->Register(m_hWnd);

+    }

 }
 }

-

 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 

-// old style file-manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style
+// old-style file manager drag&drop support: we retain the old-style

 // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.
 // DragAcceptFiles in parallel with SetDropTarget.

-void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool accept)
+void wxWindowMSW::DragAcceptFiles(bool WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(accept))

 {
 {

+#ifndef __WXWINCE__

     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     if ( hWnd )

+    {
+        AdjustStaticBoxZOrder(GetParent());

         ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);
         ::DragAcceptFiles(hWnd, (BOOL)accept);

+    }
+#endif

 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -1259,7 +1617,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip)
     wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip);
 
     if ( m_tooltip )
     wxWindowBase::DoSetToolTip(tooltip);
 
     if ( m_tooltip )

-        m_tooltip->SetWindow(this);
+        m_tooltip->SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);

 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS


@@ -1268,66 +1626,128 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetToolTip(wxToolTip *tooltip)
 // moving and resizing
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // moving and resizing
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

+bool wxWindowMSW::IsSizeDeferred() const
+{
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition ||
+         m_pendingSize     != wxDefaultSize )
+        return true;
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+
+    return false;
+}
+

 // Get total size
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const
 {
 // Get total size
 void wxWindowMSW::DoGetSize(int *x, int *y) const
 {

-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    RECT rect;
-#ifdef __WIN16__
-    ::GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
-#else
-    if ( !::GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect) )
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // if SetSize() had been called at wx level but not realized at Windows
+    // level yet (i.e. EndDeferWindowPos() not called), we still should return
+    // the new and not the old position to the other wx code
+    if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize )

     {
     {

-        wxLogLastError(_T("GetWindowRect"));
+        if ( x )
+            *x = m_pendingSize.x;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = m_pendingSize.y;
+    }
+    else // use current size
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    {
+        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right - rect.left;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;

     }
     }

-#endif
-    if ( x )
-        *x = rect.right - rect.left;
-    if ( y )
-        *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( m_pendingSize != wxDefaultSize )
+    {
+        // we need to calculate the client size corresponding to pending size
+        RECT rect;
+        rect.left = m_pendingPosition.x;
+        rect.top = m_pendingPosition.y;
+        rect.right = rect.left + m_pendingSize.x;
+        rect.bottom = rect.top + m_pendingSize.y;

 
 

-    RECT rect;
-    GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect);
+        ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_NCCALCSIZE, FALSE, (LPARAM)&rect);

 
 

-    POINT point;
-    point.x = rect.left;
-    point.y = rect.top;
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right - rect.left;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom - rect.top;
+    }
+    else
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    {
+        RECT rect = wxGetClientRect(GetHwnd());
+
+        if ( x )
+            *x = rect.right;
+        if ( y )
+            *y = rect.bottom;
+    }
+}

 
 

-    // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real"
-    // children, not for the dialogs/frames
-    if ( !IsTopLevel() )
+void wxWindowMSW::DoGetPosition(int *x, int *y) const
+{
+    wxWindow * const parent = GetParent();
+
+    wxPoint pos;
+    if ( m_pendingPosition != wxDefaultPosition )

     {
     {

-        HWND hParentWnd = 0;
-        wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
-        if ( parent )
-            hParentWnd = GetWinHwnd(parent);
+        pos = m_pendingPosition;
+    }
+    else // use current position
+    {
+        RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());

 
 

-        // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a parent we
-        // must subtract its top left corner
-        if ( hParentWnd )
-        {
-            ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
-        }
+        POINT point;
+        point.x = rect.left;
+        point.y = rect.top;

 
 

-        if ( parent )
+        // we do the adjustments with respect to the parent only for the "real"
+        // children, not for the dialogs/frames
+        if ( !IsTopLevel() )

         {
         {

-            // We may be faking the client origin. So a window that's really at (0,
-            // 30) may appear (to wxWin apps) to be at (0, 0).
-            wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin());
-            point.x -= pt.x;
-            point.y -= pt.y;
+            if ( wxTheApp->GetLayoutDirection() == wxLayout_RightToLeft )
+            {
+                // In RTL mode, we want the logical left x-coordinate,
+                // which would be the physical right x-coordinate.
+                point.x = rect.right;
+            }
+
+            // Since we now have the absolute screen coords, if there's a
+            // parent we must subtract its top left corner
+            if ( parent )
+            {
+                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), &point);
+            }

         }
         }

+
+        pos.x = point.x;
+        pos.y = point.y;
+    }
+
+    // we also must adjust by the client area offset: a control which is just
+    // under a toolbar could be at (0, 30) in Windows but at (0, 0) in wx
+    if ( parent && !IsTopLevel() )
+    {
+        const wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin());
+        pos.x -= pt.x;
+        pos.y -= pt.y;

     }
 
     if ( x )
     }
 
     if ( x )

-        *x = point.x;
+        *x = pos.x;

     if ( y )
     if ( y )

-        *y = point.y;
+        *y = pos.y;

 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const


@@ -1338,8 +1758,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoScreenToClient(int *x, int *y) const
     if ( y )
         pt.y = *y;
 
     if ( y )
         pt.y = *y;
 

-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    ::ScreenToClient(hWnd, &pt);
+    ::ScreenToClient(GetHwnd(), &pt);

 
     if ( x )
         *x = pt.x;
 
     if ( x )
         *x = pt.x;


@@ -1355,8 +1774,7 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
     if ( y )
         pt.y = *y;
 
     if ( y )
         pt.y = *y;
 

-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &pt);
+    ::ClientToScreen(GetHwnd(), &pt);

 
     if ( x )
         *x = pt.x;
 
     if ( x )
         *x = pt.x;


@@ -1364,23 +1782,65 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoClientToScreen(int *x, int *y) const
         *y = pt.y;
 }
 
         *y = pt.y;
 }
 

-// Get size *available for subwindows* i.e. excluding menu bar etc.
-void wxWindowMSW::DoGetClientSize(int *x, int *y) const
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::DoMoveSibling(WXHWND hwnd, int x, int y, int width, int height)

 {
 {

-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    RECT rect;
-    ::GetClientRect(hWnd, &rect);
-    if ( x )
-        *x = rect.right;
-    if ( y )
-        *y = rect.bottom;
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // if our parent had prepared a defer window handle for us, use it (unless
+    // we are a top level window)
+    wxWindowMSW * const parent = IsTopLevel() ? NULL : GetParent();
+
+    HDWP hdwp = parent ? (HDWP)parent->m_hDWP : NULL;
+    if ( hdwp )
+    {
+        hdwp = ::DeferWindowPos(hdwp, (HWND)hwnd, NULL, x, y, width, height,
+                                SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOOWNERZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
+        if ( !hdwp )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("DeferWindowPos"));
+        }
+    }
+
+    if ( parent )
+    {
+        // hdwp must be updated as it may have been changed
+        parent->m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)hdwp;
+    }
+
+    if ( hdwp )
+    {
+        // did deferred move, remember new coordinates of the window as they're
+        // different from what Windows would return for it
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    // otherwise (or if deferring failed) move the window in place immediately
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    if ( !::MoveWindow((HWND)hwnd, x, y, width, height, IsShown()) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
+    }
+
+    // if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING, indicates that we didn't use deferred move,
+    // ignored otherwise
+    return false;

 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
 {
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoMoveWindow(int x, int y, int width, int height)
 {

-    if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), x, y, width, height, TRUE) )
+    // TODO: is this consistent with other platforms?
+    // Still, negative width or height shouldn't be allowed
+    if (width < 0)
+        width = 0;
+    if (height < 0)
+        height = 0;
+
+    if ( DoMoveSibling(m_hWnd, x, y, width, height) )

     {
     {

-        wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+        m_pendingPosition = wxPoint(x, y);
+        m_pendingSize = wxSize(width, height);
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -1396,26 +1856,29 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
 {
     // get the current size and position...
     int currentX, currentY;
 {
     // get the current size and position...
     int currentX, currentY;

+    int currentW, currentH;
+

     GetPosition(&currentX, &currentY);
     GetPosition(&currentX, &currentY);

-    int currentW,currentH;

     GetSize(&currentW, &currentH);
 
     GetSize(&currentW, &currentH);
 

-    // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok
+    // ... and don't do anything (avoiding flicker) if it's already ok unless
+    // we're forced to resize the window

     if ( x == currentX && y == currentY &&
     if ( x == currentX && y == currentY &&

-         width == currentW && height == currentH )
+         width == currentW && height == currentH &&
+            !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_FORCE) )

     {
         return;
     }
 
     {
         return;
     }
 

-    if ( x == -1 && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
+    if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )

         x = currentX;
         x = currentX;

-    if ( y == -1 && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )
+    if ( y == wxDefaultCoord && !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE) )

         y = currentY;
 
     AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags);
 
         y = currentY;
 
     AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y, sizeFlags);
 

-    wxSize size(-1, -1);
-    if ( width == -1 )
+    wxSize size = wxDefaultSize;
+    if ( width == wxDefaultCoord )

     {
         if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH )
         {
     {
         if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_WIDTH )
         {


@@ -1429,11 +1892,11 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    if ( height == -1 )
+    if ( height == wxDefaultCoord )

     {
         if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT )
         {
     {
         if ( sizeFlags & wxSIZE_AUTO_HEIGHT )
         {

-            if ( size.x == -1 )
+            if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord )

             {
                 size = DoGetBestSize();
             }
             {
                 size = DoGetBestSize();
             }


@@ -1453,63 +1916,63 @@ void wxWindowMSW::DoSetSize(int x, int y, int width, int height, int sizeFlags)
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
 {
 
 void wxWindowMSW::DoSetClientSize(int width, int height)
 {

-    wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    HWND hParentWnd = (HWND) 0;
-    if ( parent )
-        hParentWnd = (HWND) parent->GetHWND();
-
-    RECT rect;
-    ::GetClientRect(hWnd, &rect);
-
-    RECT rect2;
-    GetWindowRect(hWnd, &rect2);
-
-    // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
-    // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
-    // window
-    int actual_width = rect2.right - rect2.left - rect.right + width;
-    int actual_height = rect2.bottom - rect2.top - rect.bottom + height;
-
-    // If there's a parent, must subtract the parent's top left corner
-    // since MoveWindow moves relative to the parent
-
-    POINT point;
-    point.x = rect2.left;
-    point.y = rect2.top;
-    if ( parent )
-    {
-        ::ScreenToClient(hParentWnd, &point);
-    }
+    // setting the client size is less obvious than it could have been
+    // because in the result of changing the total size the window scrollbar
+    // may [dis]appear and/or its menubar may [un]wrap (and AdjustWindowRect()
+    // doesn't take neither into account) and so the client size will not be
+    // correct as the difference between the total and client size changes --
+    // so we keep changing it until we get it right
+    //
+    // normally this loop shouldn't take more than 3 iterations (usually 1 but
+    // if scrollbars [dis]appear as the result of the first call, then 2 and it
+    // may become 3 if the window had 0 size originally and so we didn't
+    // calculate the scrollbar correction correctly during the first iteration)
+    // but just to be on the safe side we check for it instead of making it an
+    // "infinite" loop (i.e. leaving break inside as the only way to get out)
+    for ( int i = 0; i < 4; i++ )
+    {
+        RECT rectClient;
+        ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rectClient);
+
+        // if the size is already ok, stop here (NB: rectClient.left = top = 0)
+        if ( (rectClient.right == width || width == wxDefaultCoord) &&
+             (rectClient.bottom == height || height == wxDefaultCoord) )
+        {
+            break;
+        }

 
 

-    DoMoveWindow(point.x, point.y, actual_width, actual_height);
+        // Find the difference between the entire window (title bar and all)
+        // and the client area; add this to the new client size to move the
+        // window
+        RECT rectWin;
+        ::GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(), &rectWin);

 
 

-    wxSizeEvent event(wxSize(width, height), m_windowId);
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
-}
+        const int widthWin = rectWin.right - rectWin.left,
+                  heightWin = rectWin.bottom - rectWin.top;

 
 

-// For implementation purposes - sometimes decorations make the client area
-// smaller
-wxPoint wxWindowMSW::GetClientAreaOrigin() const
-{
-    return wxPoint(0, 0);
-}
+        // MoveWindow positions the child windows relative to the parent, so
+        // adjust if necessary
+        if ( !IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
+            if ( parent )
+            {
+                ::ScreenToClient(GetHwndOf(parent), (POINT *)&rectWin);
+            }
+        }

 
 

-// Makes an adjustment to the window position (for example, a frame that has
-// a toolbar that it manages itself).
-void wxWindowMSW::AdjustForParentClientOrigin(int& x, int& y, int sizeFlags)
-{
-    // don't do it for the dialogs/frames - they float independently of their
-    // parent
-    if ( !IsTopLevel() )
-    {
-        wxWindow *parent = GetParent();
-        if ( !(sizeFlags & wxSIZE_NO_ADJUSTMENTS) && parent )
+        // don't call DoMoveWindow() because we want to move window immediately
+        // and not defer it here as otherwise the value returned by
+        // GetClient/WindowRect() wouldn't change as the window wouldn't be
+        // really resized
+        if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(),
+                           rectWin.left,
+                           rectWin.top,
+                           width + widthWin - rectClient.right,
+                           height + heightWin - rectClient.bottom,
+                           TRUE) )

         {
         {

-            wxPoint pt(parent->GetClientAreaOrigin());
-            x += pt.x;
-            y += pt.y;
+            wxLogLastError(_T("MoveWindow"));

         }
     }
 }
         }
     }
 }


@@ -1539,31 +2002,22 @@ void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
                              int *descent, int *externalLeading,
                              const wxFont *theFont) const
 {
                              int *descent, int *externalLeading,
                              const wxFont *theFont) const
 {

-    const wxFont *fontToUse = theFont;
-    if ( !fontToUse )
-        fontToUse = &m_font;
+    wxASSERT_MSG( !theFont || theFont->Ok(),
+                    _T("invalid font in GetTextExtent()") );

 
 

-    HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
-    HDC dc = ::GetDC(hWnd);
+    wxFont fontToUse;
+    if (theFont)
+        fontToUse = *theFont;
+    else
+        fontToUse = GetFont();

 
 

-    HFONT fnt = 0;
-    HFONT hfontOld = 0;
-    if ( fontToUse && fontToUse->Ok() )
-    {
-        fnt = (HFONT)((wxFont *)fontToUse)->GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
-        if ( fnt )
-            hfontOld = (HFONT)SelectObject(dc,fnt);
-    }
+    WindowHDC hdc(GetHwnd());
+    SelectInHDC selectFont(hdc, GetHfontOf(fontToUse));

 
     SIZE sizeRect;
     TEXTMETRIC tm;
 
     SIZE sizeRect;
     TEXTMETRIC tm;

-    GetTextExtentPoint(dc, string, (int)string.Length(), &sizeRect);
-    GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
-
-    if ( fontToUse && fnt && hfontOld )
-        SelectObject(dc, hfontOld);
-
-    ReleaseDC(hWnd, dc);
+    ::GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, string, string.length(), &sizeRect);
+    GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);

 
     if ( x )
         *x = sizeRect.cx;
 
     if ( x )
         *x = sizeRect.cx;


@@ -1575,52 +2029,12 @@ void wxWindowMSW::GetTextExtent(const wxString& string,
         *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading;
 }
 
         *externalLeading = tm.tmExternalLeading;
 }
 

-#if wxUSE_CARET && WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Caret manipulation
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-void wxWindowMSW::CreateCaret(int w, int h)
-{
-    SetCaret(new wxCaret(this, w, h));
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::CreateCaret(const wxBitmap *WXUNUSED(bitmap))
-{
-    wxFAIL_MSG("not implemented");
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::ShowCaret(bool show)
-{
-    wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to show" );
-
-    m_caret->Show(show);
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::DestroyCaret()
-{
-    SetCaret(NULL);
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::SetCaretPos(int x, int y)
-{
-    wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to move" );
-
-    m_caret->Move(x, y);
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::GetCaretPos(int *x, int *y) const
-{
-    wxCHECK_RET( m_caret, "no caret to get position of" );
-
-    m_caret->GetPosition(x, y);
-}
-#endif // wxUSE_CARET
-

 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // popup menu
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // popup menu
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

+#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+

 // yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue
 // immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration
 //
 // yield for WM_COMMAND events only, i.e. process all WM_COMMANDs in the queue
 // immediately, without waiting for the next event loop iteration
 //


@@ -1631,20 +2045,34 @@ static void wxYieldForCommandsOnly()
     // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't
     // want to process it here)
     MSG msg;
     // peek all WM_COMMANDs (it will always return WM_QUIT too but we don't
     // want to process it here)
     MSG msg;

-    while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE)
-                && msg.message != WM_QUIT )
+    while ( ::PeekMessage(&msg, (HWND)0, WM_COMMAND, WM_COMMAND, PM_REMOVE) )

     {
     {

-        wxTheApp->DoMessage((WXMSG *)&msg);
+        if ( msg.message == WM_QUIT )
+        {
+            // if we retrieved a WM_QUIT, insert back into the message queue.
+            ::PostQuitMessage(0);
+            break;
+        }
+
+        // luckily (as we don't have access to wxEventLoopImpl method from here
+        // anyhow...) we don't need to pre process WM_COMMANDs so dispatch it
+        // immediately
+        ::TranslateMessage(&msg);
+        ::DispatchMessage(&msg);

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 

-#if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
-

 bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
 {
     menu->SetInvokingWindow(this);
     menu->UpdateUI();
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
 {
     menu->SetInvokingWindow(this);
     menu->UpdateUI();
 

+    if ( x == wxDefaultCoord && y == wxDefaultCoord )
+    {
+        wxPoint mouse = ScreenToClient(wxGetMousePosition());
+        x = mouse.x; y = mouse.y;
+    }
+

     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu);
     POINT point;
     HWND hWnd = GetHwnd();
     HMENU hMenu = GetHmenuOf(menu);
     POINT point;


@@ -1652,9 +2080,14 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
     point.y = y;
     ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point);
     wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu;
     point.y = y;
     ::ClientToScreen(hWnd, &point);
     wxCurrentPopupMenu = menu;

-    ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, TPM_RIGHTBUTTON, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL);
+#if defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    UINT flags = 0;
+#else
+    UINT flags = TPM_RIGHTBUTTON | TPM_RECURSE;
+#endif
+    ::TrackPopupMenu(hMenu, flags, point.x, point.y, 0, hWnd, NULL);

 
 

-    // we need to do it righ now as otherwise the events are never going to be
+    // we need to do it right now as otherwise the events are never going to be

     // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand()
     //
     // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't
     // sent to wxCurrentPopupMenu from HandleCommand()
     //
     // note that even eliminating (ugly) wxCurrentPopupMenu global wouldn't


@@ -1667,7 +2100,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
 
     menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL);
 
 
     menu->SetInvokingWindow(NULL);
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE


@@ -1676,7 +2109,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::DoPopupMenu(wxMenu *menu, int x, int y)
 // pre/post message processing
 // ===========================================================================
 
 // pre/post message processing
 // ===========================================================================
 

-long wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWDefWindowProc(WXUINT nMsg, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)

 {
     if ( m_oldWndProc )
         return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);
 {
     if ( m_oldWndProc )
         return ::CallWindowProc(CASTWNDPROC m_oldWndProc, GetHwnd(), (UINT) nMsg, (WPARAM) wParam, (LPARAM) lParam);


@@ -1695,15 +2128,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
 
         // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does
         // internally
 
         // here we try to do all the job which ::IsDialogMessage() usually does
         // internally

-#if 1
-        bool bProcess = TRUE;
-        if ( msg->message != WM_KEYDOWN )
-            bProcess = FALSE;
-
-        if ( bProcess && (HIWORD(msg->lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
-            bProcess = FALSE;
-
-        if ( bProcess )
+        if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN )

         {
             bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
             bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
         {
             bool bCtrlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
             bool bShiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();


@@ -1711,43 +2136,62 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
             // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself,
             // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter
             // combinations which are always processed)
             // WM_GETDLGCODE: ask the control if it wants the key for itself,
             // don't process it if it's the case (except for Ctrl-Tab/Enter
             // combinations which are always processed)

-            LONG lDlgCode = 0;
-            if ( !bCtrlDown )
+            LONG lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
+
+            // surprizingly, DLGC_WANTALLKEYS bit mask doesn't contain the
+            // DLGC_WANTTAB nor DLGC_WANTARROWS bits although, logically,
+            // it, of course, implies them
+            if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTALLKEYS )

             {
             {

-                lDlgCode = ::SendMessage(msg->hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0);
+                lDlgCode |= DLGC_WANTTAB | DLGC_WANTARROWS;

             }
 
             }
 

-            bool bForward = TRUE,
-                 bWindowChange = FALSE;
+            bool bForward = true,
+                 bWindowChange = false,
+                 bFromTab = false;

 
 

+            // should we process this message specially?
+            bool bProcess = true;

             switch ( msg->wParam )
             {
                 case VK_TAB:
             switch ( msg->wParam )
             {
                 case VK_TAB:

-                    // assume that nobody wants Shift-TAB for himself - if we
-                    // don't do it there is no easy way for a control to grab
-                    // TABs but still let Shift-TAB work as navugation key
-                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB) && !bShiftDown ) {
-                        bProcess = FALSE;
+                    if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTTAB ) {
+                        bProcess = false;

                     }
                     else {
                         // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages
                         bWindowChange = bCtrlDown;
                         bForward = !bShiftDown;
                     }
                     else {
                         // Ctrl-Tab cycles thru notebook pages
                         bWindowChange = bCtrlDown;
                         bForward = !bShiftDown;

+                        bFromTab = true;

                     }
                     break;
 
                 case VK_UP:
                 case VK_LEFT:
                     if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
                     }
                     break;
 
                 case VK_UP:
                 case VK_LEFT:
                     if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )

-                        bProcess = FALSE;
+                        bProcess = false;

                     else
                     else

-                        bForward = FALSE;
+                        bForward = false;

                     break;
 
                 case VK_DOWN:
                 case VK_RIGHT:
                     if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )
                     break;
 
                 case VK_DOWN:
                 case VK_RIGHT:
                     if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || bCtrlDown )

-                        bProcess = FALSE;
+                        bProcess = false;
+                    break;
+
+                case VK_PRIOR:
+                    bForward = false;
+                    // fall through
+
+                case VK_NEXT:
+                    // we treat PageUp/Dn as arrows because chances are that
+                    // a control which needs arrows also needs them for
+                    // navigation (e.g. wxTextCtrl, wxListCtrl, ...)
+                    if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTARROWS) || !bCtrlDown )
+                        bProcess = false;
+                    else
+                        bWindowChange = true;

                     break;
 
                 case VK_RETURN:
                     break;
 
                 case VK_RETURN:


@@ -1755,11 +2199,16 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
                         if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE) && !bCtrlDown )
                         {
                             // control wants to process Enter itself, don't
                         if ( (lDlgCode & DLGC_WANTMESSAGE) && !bCtrlDown )
                         {
                             // control wants to process Enter itself, don't

-                            // call IsDialogMessage() which would interpret
-                            // it
-                            return FALSE;
+                            // call IsDialogMessage() which would consume it
+                            return false;

                         }
                         }

-                        else if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_BUTTON )
+
+#if wxUSE_BUTTON
+                        // currently active button should get enter press even
+                        // if there is a default button elsewhere so check if
+                        // this window is a button first
+                        wxWindow *btn = NULL;
+                        if ( lDlgCode & DLGC_DEFPUSHBUTTON )

                         {
                             // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all
                             // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it
                         {
                             // let IsDialogMessage() handle this for all
                             // buttons except the owner-drawn ones which it


@@ -1768,42 +2217,43 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
                             if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW )
                             {
                                 // emulate the button click
                             if ( (style & BS_OWNERDRAW) == BS_OWNERDRAW )
                             {
                                 // emulate the button click

-                                wxWindow *btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd);
-                                if ( btn )
-                                    btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+                                btn = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)msg->hwnd);

                             }
 
                             }
 

-                            bProcess = FALSE;
+                            bProcess = false;

                         }
                         }

-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-                        else
+                        else // not a button itself, do we have default button?

                         {
                         {

-                            wxPanel *panel = wxDynamicThisCast(this, wxPanel);
-                            wxButton *btn = NULL;
-                            if ( panel )
+                            wxTopLevelWindow *
+                                tlw = wxDynamicCast(wxGetTopLevelParent(this),
+                                                    wxTopLevelWindow);
+                            if ( tlw )

                             {
                             {

-                                // panel may have a default button which should
-                                // be activated by Enter
-                                btn = panel->GetDefaultItem();
+                                btn = wxDynamicCast(tlw->GetDefaultItem(),
+                                                    wxButton);

                             }
                             }

+                        }

 
 

-                            if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() )
-                            {
-                                // if we do have a default button, do press it
-                                btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
-
-                                return TRUE;
-                            }
-                            // else: but if it does not it makes sense to make
-                            //       it work like a TAB - and that's what we do.
-                            //       Note that Ctrl-Enter always works this way.
+                        if ( btn && btn->IsEnabled() )
+                        {
+                            btn->MSWCommand(BN_CLICKED, 0 /* unused */);
+                            return true;

                         }
                         }

+

 #endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
 #endif // wxUSE_BUTTON

+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+                        // map Enter presses into button presses on PDAs
+                        wxJoystickEvent event(wxEVT_JOY_BUTTON_DOWN);
+                        event.SetEventObject(this);
+                        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+                            return true;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__

                     }
                     break;
 
                 default:
                     }
                     break;
 
                 default:

-                    bProcess = FALSE;
+                    bProcess = false;

             }
 
             if ( bProcess )
             }
 
             if ( bProcess )


@@ -1811,57 +2261,25 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
                 wxNavigationKeyEvent event;
                 event.SetDirection(bForward);
                 event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange);
                 wxNavigationKeyEvent event;
                 event.SetDirection(bForward);
                 event.SetWindowChange(bWindowChange);

+                event.SetFromTab(bFromTab);

                 event.SetEventObject(this);
 
                 if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
                 {
                 event.SetEventObject(this);
 
                 if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
                 {

-#if wxUSE_BUTTON
-                    wxButton *btn = wxDynamicCast(FindFocus(), wxButton);
-                    if ( btn )
-                    {
-                        // the button which has focus should be default
-                        btn->SetDefault();
-                    }
-#endif // wxUSE_BUTTON
-
-                    return TRUE;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-#else
-        // let ::IsDialogMessage() do almost everything and handle just the
-        // things it doesn't here: Ctrl-TAB for switching notebook pages
-        if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN )
-        {
-            // don't process system keys here
-            if ( !(HIWORD(msg->lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) )
-            {
-                if ( (msg->wParam == VK_TAB) && wxIsCtrlDown() )
-                {
-                    // find the first notebook parent and change its page
-                    wxWindow *win = this;
-                    wxNotebook *nbook = NULL;
-                    while ( win && !nbook )
-                    {
-                        nbook = wxDynamicCast(win, wxNotebook);
-                        win = win->GetParent();
-                    }
-
-                    if ( nbook )
-                    {
-                        bool forward = !wxIsShiftDown();
+                    // as we don't call IsDialogMessage(), which would take of
+                    // this by default, we need to manually send this message
+                    // so that controls can change their UI state if needed
+                    MSWUpdateUIState(UIS_CLEAR, UISF_HIDEFOCUS);

 
 

-                        nbook->AdvanceSelection(forward);
-                    }
+                    return true;

                 }
             }
         }
                 }
             }
         }

-#endif // 0

 
         if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) )
         {
             // IsDialogMessage() did something...
 
         if ( ::IsDialogMessage(GetHwnd(), msg) )
         {
             // IsDialogMessage() did something...

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
     }
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
         }
     }
 #endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__


@@ -1872,11 +2290,11 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWProcessMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
         // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control
         MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
         if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE )
         // relay mouse move events to the tooltip control
         MSG *msg = (MSG *)pMsg;
         if ( msg->message == WM_MOUSEMOVE )

-            m_tooltip->RelayEvent(pMsg);
+            wxToolTip::RelayEvent(pMsg);

     }
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)


@@ -1884,15 +2302,106 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWTranslateMessage(WXMSG* pMsg)
 #if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
     return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg);
 #else
 #if wxUSE_ACCEL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
     return m_acceleratorTable.Translate(this, pMsg);
 #else

-    return FALSE;
+    (void) pMsg;
+    return false;

 #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
 }
 

-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// message params unpackers (different for Win16 and Win32)
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWShouldPreProcessMessage(WXMSG* msg)
+{
+    // all tests below have to deal with various bugs/misfeatures of
+    // IsDialogMessage(): we have to prevent it from being called from our
+    // MSWProcessMessage() in some situations

 
 

-#ifdef __WIN32__
+    // don't let IsDialogMessage() get VK_ESCAPE as it _always_ eats the
+    // message even when there is no cancel button and when the message is
+    // needed by the control itself: in particular, it prevents the tree in
+    // place edit control from being closed with Escape in a dialog
+    if ( msg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && msg->wParam == VK_ESCAPE )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // ::IsDialogMessage() is broken and may sometimes hang the application by
+    // going into an infinite loop when it tries to find the control to give
+    // focus to when Alt-<key> is pressed, so we try to detect [some of] the
+    // situations when this may happen and not call it then
+    if ( msg->message != WM_SYSCHAR )
+        return true;
+
+    // assume we can call it by default
+    bool canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true;
+
+    HWND hwndFocus = ::GetFocus();
+
+    // if the currently focused window itself has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style,
+    // ::IsDialogMessage() will also enter an infinite loop, because it will
+    // recursively check the child windows but not the window itself and so if
+    // none of the children accepts focus it loops forever (as it only stops
+    // when it gets back to the window it started from)
+    //
+    // while it is very unusual that a window with WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT
+    // style has the focus, it can happen. One such possibility is if
+    // all windows are either toplevel, wxDialog, wxPanel or static
+    // controls and no window can actually accept keyboard input.
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    if ( ::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+    {
+        // pessimistic by default
+        canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false;
+        for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+              node;
+              node = node->GetNext() )
+        {
+            wxWindow * const win = node->GetData();
+            if ( win->AcceptsFocus() &&
+                    !(::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(win), GWL_EXSTYLE) &
+                        WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT) )
+            {
+                // it shouldn't hang...
+                canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = true;
+
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+
+    if ( canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg )
+    {
+        // ::IsDialogMessage() can enter in an infinite loop when the
+        // currently focused window is disabled or hidden and its
+        // parent has WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT style, so don't call it in
+        // this case
+        while ( hwndFocus )
+        {
+            if ( !::IsWindowEnabled(hwndFocus) ||
+                    !::IsWindowVisible(hwndFocus) )
+            {
+                // it would enter an infinite loop if we do this!
+                canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg = false;
+
+                break;
+            }
+
+            if ( !(::GetWindowLong(hwndFocus, GWL_STYLE) & WS_CHILD) )
+            {
+                // it's a top level window, don't go further -- e.g. even
+                // if the parent of a dialog is disabled, this doesn't
+                // break navigation inside the dialog
+                break;
+            }
+
+            hwndFocus = ::GetParent(hwndFocus);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return canSafelyCallIsDlgMsg;
+}
+
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// message params unpackers
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
                              WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd)
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
                              WORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WORD *cmd)


@@ -1919,13 +2428,10 @@ void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,

-                              WXWORD *nCtlColor, WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)
+                                 WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)

 {
 {

-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
-    *nCtlColor = CTLCOLOR_BTN;

     *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
     *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;
     *hwnd = (WXHWND)lParam;
     *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;

-#endif

 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
 }
 
 void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,


@@ -1936,117 +2442,68 @@ void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
     *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam;
 }
 
     *hmenu = (WXHMENU)lParam;
 }
 

-#else // Win16
-
-void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                             WXWORD *id, WXHWND *hwnd, WXWORD *cmd)
-{
-    *id = (WXWORD)wParam;
-    *hwnd = (WXHWND)LOWORD(lParam);
-    *cmd = HIWORD(lParam);
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::UnpackActivate(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                              WXWORD *state, WXWORD *minimized, WXHWND *hwnd)
-{
-    *state = (WXWORD)wParam;
-    *minimized = LOWORD(lParam);
-    *hwnd = (WXHWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-}
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Main wxWidgets window proc and the window proc for wxWindow
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-void wxWindowMSW::UnpackScroll(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                            WXWORD *code, WXWORD *pos, WXHWND *hwnd)
-{
-    *code = (WXWORD)wParam;
-    *pos = LOWORD(lParam);
-    *hwnd = (WXHWND)HIWORD(lParam);
-}
+// Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet
+// associated with the handle
+static wxWindowMSW *gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;

 
 

-void wxWindowMSW::UnpackCtlColor(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                              WXWORD *nCtlColor, WXHDC *hdc, WXHWND *hwnd)
+// implementation of wxWindowCreationHook class: it just sets gs_winBeingCreated to the
+// window being created and insures that it's always unset back later
+wxWindowCreationHook::wxWindowCreationHook(wxWindowMSW *winBeingCreated)

 {
 {

-    *hwnd = (WXHWND)LOWORD(lParam);
-    *nCtlColor = (int)HIWORD(lParam);
-    *hdc = (WXHDC)wParam;
+    gs_winBeingCreated = winBeingCreated;

 }
 
 }
 

-void wxWindowMSW::UnpackMenuSelect(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam,
-                                WXWORD *item, WXWORD *flags, WXHMENU *hmenu)
+wxWindowCreationHook::~wxWindowCreationHook()

 {
 {

-    *item = (WXWORD)wParam;
-    *flags = LOWORD(lParam);
-    *hmenu = (WXHMENU)HIWORD(lParam);
+    gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;

 }
 
 }
 

-#endif // Win32/16
-
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Main wxWindows window proc and the window proc for wxWindow
-// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// Hook for new window just as it's being created, when the window isn't yet
-// associated with the handle
-wxWindowMSW *wxWndHook = NULL;
-

 // Main window proc
 LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 {
     // trace all messages - useful for the debugging
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
 // Main window proc
 LRESULT WXDLLEXPORT APIENTRY _EXPORT wxWndProc(HWND hWnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
 {
     // trace all messages - useful for the debugging
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__

-    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages, wxT("Processing %s(wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"),
-               wxGetMessageName(message), wParam, lParam);
+    wxLogTrace(wxTraceMessages,
+               wxT("Processing %s(hWnd=%08lx, wParam=%8lx, lParam=%8lx)"),
+               wxGetMessageName(message), (long)hWnd, (long)wParam, lParam);

 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
 
     wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
 
     // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate
 #endif // __WXDEBUG__
 
     wxWindowMSW *wnd = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
 
     // when we get the first message for the HWND we just created, we associate

-    // it with wxWindow stored in wxWndHook
-    if ( !wnd && wxWndHook )
+    // it with wxWindow stored in gs_winBeingCreated
+    if ( !wnd && gs_winBeingCreated )

     {
     {

-#if 0 // def __WXDEBUG__
-        char buf[512];
-        ::GetClassNameA((HWND) hWnd, buf, 512);
-        wxString className(buf);
-#endif
-
-        wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, wxWndHook);
-        wnd = wxWndHook;
-        wxWndHook = NULL;
+        wxAssociateWinWithHandle(hWnd, gs_winBeingCreated);
+        wnd = gs_winBeingCreated;
+        gs_winBeingCreated = NULL;

         wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);
     }
 
     LRESULT rc;
 
         wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);
     }
 
     LRESULT rc;
 

-    // Stop right here if we don't have a valid handle in our wxWindow object.
-    if ( wnd && !wnd->GetHWND() )
-    {
-        // FIXME: why do we do this?
-        wnd->SetHWND((WXHWND) hWnd);
-        rc = wnd->MSWDefWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam );
-        wnd->SetHWND(0);
-    }
+    if ( wnd && wxEventLoop::AllowProcessing(wnd) )
+        rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);

     else
     else

-    {
-        if ( wnd )
-            rc = wnd->MSWWindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);
-        else
-            rc = DefWindowProc( hWnd, message, wParam, lParam );
-    }
+        rc = ::DefWindowProc(hWnd, message, wParam, lParam);

 
     return rc;
 }
 
 
     return rc;
 }
 

-long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+WXLRESULT wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)

 {
     // did we process the message?
 {
     // did we process the message?

-    bool processed = FALSE;
+    bool processed = false;

 
     // the return value
     union
     {
         bool        allow;
 
     // the return value
     union
     {
         bool        allow;

-        long        result;
-        WXHICON     hIcon;
+        WXLRESULT   result;

         WXHBRUSH    hBrush;
     } rc;
 
         WXHBRUSH    hBrush;
     } rc;
 


@@ -2068,43 +2525,62 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             break;
 
         case WM_DESTROY:
             break;
 
         case WM_DESTROY:

-            processed = HandleDestroy();
+            // never set processed to true and *always* pass WM_DESTROY to
+            // DefWindowProc() as Windows may do some internal cleanup when
+            // processing it and failing to pass the message along may cause
+            // memory and resource leaks!
+            (void)HandleDestroy();
+            break;
+
+        case WM_SIZE:
+            processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam), wParam);

             break;
 
         case WM_MOVE:
             processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
             break;
 
             break;
 
         case WM_MOVE:
             processed = HandleMove(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
             break;
 

-        case WM_SIZE:
-            switch ( wParam )
+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        case WM_MOVING:

             {
             {

-                case SIZE_MAXHIDE:
-                case SIZE_MAXSHOW:
-                    // we're not interested in these messages at all
-                    break;
-
-                case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
-                    // we shouldn't send sizev events for these messages as the
-                    // client size may be negative which breaks existing code
-                    //
-                    // OTOH we might send another (wxMinimizedEvent?) one or
-                    // add an additional parameter to wxSizeEvent if this is
-                    // useful to anybody
-                    break;
-
-                default:
-                    wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") );
-                    // fall through nevertheless
+                LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam;
+                wxRect rc;
+                rc.SetLeft(pRect->left);
+                rc.SetTop(pRect->top);
+                rc.SetRight(pRect->right);
+                rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom);
+                processed = HandleMoving(rc);
+                if (processed) {
+                    pRect->left = rc.GetLeft();
+                    pRect->top = rc.GetTop();
+                    pRect->right = rc.GetRight();
+                    pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom();
+                }
+            }
+            break;

 
 

-                case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
-                case SIZE_RESTORED:
-                    processed = HandleSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam),
-                                           wParam);
+        case WM_SIZING:
+            {
+                LPRECT pRect = (LPRECT)lParam;
+                wxRect rc;
+                rc.SetLeft(pRect->left);
+                rc.SetTop(pRect->top);
+                rc.SetRight(pRect->right);
+                rc.SetBottom(pRect->bottom);
+                processed = HandleSizing(rc);
+                if (processed) {
+                    pRect->left = rc.GetLeft();
+                    pRect->top = rc.GetTop();
+                    pRect->right = rc.GetRight();
+                    pRect->bottom = rc.GetBottom();
+                }

             }
             break;
             }
             break;

+#endif // !__WXWINCE__

 
 

-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)

         case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
         case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:

+            // This implicitly sends a wxEVT_ACTIVATE_APP event

             wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus());
             break;
 #endif
             wxTheApp->SetActive(wParam != 0, FindFocus());
             break;
 #endif


@@ -2127,14 +2603,33 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
             break;
 
             processed = HandleKillFocus((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
             break;
 

+        case WM_PRINTCLIENT:
+            processed = HandlePrintClient((WXHDC)wParam);
+            break;
+

         case WM_PAINT:
         case WM_PAINT:

-            processed = HandlePaint();
+            if ( wParam )
+            {
+                wxPaintDCEx dc((wxWindow *)this, (WXHDC)wParam);
+
+                processed = HandlePaint();
+            }
+            else // no DC given
+            {
+                processed = HandlePaint();
+            }

             break;
 
         case WM_CLOSE:
             break;
 
         case WM_CLOSE:

+#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
+            // Universal uses its own wxFrame/wxDialog, so we don't receive
+            // close events unless we have this.
+            Close();
+#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
+

             // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it
             // ourselves in ~wxWindow
             // don't let the DefWindowProc() destroy our window - we'll do it
             // ourselves in ~wxWindow

-            processed = TRUE;
+            processed = true;

             rc.result = TRUE;
             break;
 
             rc.result = TRUE;
             break;
 


@@ -2148,6 +2643,22 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
                                         wParam);
             break;
 
                                         wParam);
             break;
 

+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+        case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
+            // filter out excess WM_MOUSELEAVE events sent after PopupMenu()
+            // (on XP at least)
+            if ( m_mouseInWindow )
+            {
+                GenerateMouseLeave();
+            }
+
+            // always pass processed back as false, this allows the window
+            // manager to process the message too.  This is needed to
+            // ensure windows XP themes work properly as the mouse moves
+            // over widgets like buttons. So don't set processed to true here.
+            break;
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+

 #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
         case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
             processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam);
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
         case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
             processed = HandleMouseWheel(wParam, lParam);


@@ -2163,70 +2674,104 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
         case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
         case WM_MBUTTONUP:
         case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:
         case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
         case WM_MBUTTONUP:
         case WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK:

-        {
-               processed = FALSE;
+            {

 #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
 #ifdef __WXMICROWIN__

-               // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window
-               // is disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if necessary.
-               wxWindowMSW* win = this;
-               while (win)
-               {
-                   if (!win->IsEnabled())
-                   {
-                       processed = TRUE;
-                       break;
-                   }
-                   win = win->GetParent();
-                   if (win && win->IsTopLevel())
-                       break;
-               }
+                // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window is
+                // disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if
+                // necessary.
+                wxWindowMSW* win = this;
+                for ( ;; )
+                {
+                    if (!win->IsEnabled())
+                    {
+                        processed = true;
+                        break;
+                    }
+
+                    win = win->GetParent();
+                    if ( !win || win->IsTopLevel() )
+                        break;
+                }
+
+                if ( processed )
+                    break;
+
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+                int x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
+                    y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+                // redirect the event to a static control if necessary by
+                // finding one under mouse because under CE the static controls
+                // don't generate mouse events (even with SS_NOTIFY)
+                wxWindowMSW *win;
+                if ( GetCapture() == this )
+                {
+                    // but don't do it if the mouse is captured by this window
+                    // because then it should really get this event itself
+                    win = this;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    win = FindWindowForMouseEvent(this, &x, &y);
+
+                    // this should never happen
+                    wxCHECK_MSG( win, 0,
+                                 _T("FindWindowForMouseEvent() returned NULL") );
+                }
+#ifdef __POCKETPC__
+                if (IsContextMenuEnabled() && message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN)
+                {
+                    SHRGINFO shrgi = {0};
+
+                    shrgi.cbSize = sizeof(SHRGINFO);
+                    shrgi.hwndClient = (HWND) GetHWND();
+                    shrgi.ptDown.x = x;
+                    shrgi.ptDown.y = y;
+
+                    shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_RETURNCMD;
+                    // shrgi.dwFlags = SHRG_NOTIFYPARENT;
+
+                    if (GN_CONTEXTMENU == ::SHRecognizeGesture(&shrgi))
+                    {
+                        wxPoint pt(x, y);
+                        pt = ClientToScreen(pt);
+
+                        wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);
+
+                        evtCtx.SetEventObject(this);
+                        if (GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx))
+                        {
+                            processed = true;
+                            return true;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }

 #endif
 #endif

-               if (!processed)
-               {
-                    if (message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && AcceptsFocus())
-                        SetFocus();
-                     processed = HandleMouseEvent(message,
-                                         GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
-                                         GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
-                                                 wParam);
-               }
-                break;
-        }

 
 

-#ifdef __WXMICROWIN__
-        case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:
-        case WM_NCLBUTTONUP:
-        case WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK:
-        case WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN:
-        case WM_NCRBUTTONUP:
-        case WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK:
-#if 0
-        case WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN:
-        case WM_NCMBUTTONUP:
-        case WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK:
- #endif
-           {
-               // MicroWindows seems to ignore the fact that a window
-               // is disabled. So catch mouse events and throw them away if necessary.
-               processed = FALSE;
-               wxWindowMSW* win = this;
-               while (win)
-               {
-                   if (!win->IsEnabled())
-                   {
-                       processed = TRUE;
-                       break;
-                   }
-                   win = win->GetParent();
-                   if (win && win->IsTopLevel())
-                       break;
-               }
-               break;
-               
+#else // !__WXWINCE__
+                wxWindowMSW *win = this;
+#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
+
+                processed = win->HandleMouseEvent(message, x, y, wParam);
+
+                // if the app didn't eat the event, handle it in the default
+                // way, that is by giving this window the focus
+                if ( !processed )
+                {
+                    // for the standard classes their WndProc sets the focus to
+                    // them anyhow and doing it from here results in some weird
+                    // problems, so don't do it for them (unnecessary anyhow)
+                    if ( !win->IsOfStandardClass() )
+                    {
+                        if ( message == WM_LBUTTONDOWN && win->AcceptsFocus() )
+                            win->SetFocus();
+                    }
+                }

             }
             }

-#endif
-           
-#ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE // __WXMICROWIN__
+            break;
+
+#ifdef MM_JOY1MOVE

         case MM_JOY1MOVE:
         case MM_JOY2MOVE:
         case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:
         case MM_JOY1MOVE:
         case MM_JOY2MOVE:
         case MM_JOY1ZMOVE:


@@ -2240,11 +2785,7 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
                                             GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
                                             wParam);
             break;
                                             GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
                                             wParam);
             break;

-#endif
-
-        case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
-            processed = HandleSysCommand(wParam, lParam);
-            break;
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__

 
         case WM_COMMAND:
             {
 
         case WM_COMMAND:
             {


@@ -2256,14 +2797,25 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             }
             break;
 
             }
             break;
 

-#ifdef __WIN95__

         case WM_NOTIFY:
             processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result);
             break;
         case WM_NOTIFY:
             processed = HandleNotify((int)wParam, lParam, &rc.result);
             break;

-#endif  // Win95

 
 

-            // for these messages we must return TRUE if process the message
-#ifdef WM_DRAWITEM // __WXMICROWIN__
+        // we only need to reply to WM_NOTIFYFORMAT manually when using MSLU,
+        // otherwise DefWindowProc() does it perfectly fine for us, but MSLU
+        // apparently doesn't always behave properly and needs some help
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU && defined(NF_QUERY)
+        case WM_NOTIFYFORMAT:
+            if ( lParam == NF_QUERY )
+            {
+                processed = true;
+                rc.result = NFR_UNICODE;
+            }
+            break;
+#endif // wxUSE_UNICODE_MSLU
+
+            // for these messages we must return true if process the message
+#ifdef WM_DRAWITEM

         case WM_DRAWITEM:
         case WM_MEASUREITEM:
             {
         case WM_DRAWITEM:
         case WM_MEASUREITEM:
             {


@@ -2283,74 +2835,106 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
                     rc.result = TRUE;
             }
             break;
                     rc.result = TRUE;
             }
             break;

-#endif
+#endif // defined(WM_DRAWITEM)
+

         case WM_GETDLGCODE:
         case WM_GETDLGCODE:

-            if ( m_lDlgCode )
+            if ( !IsOfStandardClass() )

             {
             {

-                rc.result = m_lDlgCode;
-                processed = TRUE;
+                // we always want to get the char events
+                rc.result = DLGC_WANTCHARS;
+
+                if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxWANTS_CHARS )
+                {
+                    // in fact, we want everything
+                    rc.result |= DLGC_WANTARROWS |
+                                 DLGC_WANTTAB |
+                                 DLGC_WANTALLKEYS;
+                }
+
+                processed = true;

             }
             //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc()
             break;
 
         case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
         case WM_KEYDOWN:
             }
             //else: get the dlg code from the DefWindowProc()
             break;
 
         case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
         case WM_KEYDOWN:

-            // If this has been processed by an event handler,
-            // return 0 now (we've handled it).
-            if ( HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam) )
-            {
-                processed = TRUE;
-
-                break;
-            }
-
-            // we consider these message "not interesting" to OnChar
-            if ( wParam == VK_SHIFT || wParam == VK_CONTROL )
+            // If this has been processed by an event handler, return 0 now
+            // (we've handled it).
+            m_lastKeydownProcessed = HandleKeyDown((WORD) wParam, lParam);
+            if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed )

             {
             {

-                processed = TRUE;
-
-                break;
+                processed = true;

             }
 
             }
 

-            switch ( wParam )
+            if ( !processed )

             {
             {

-                // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys: they
-                // will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received in WM_CHAR
-                case VK_ESCAPE:
-                case VK_SPACE:
-                case VK_RETURN:
-                case VK_BACK:
-                case VK_TAB:
-                case VK_ADD:
-                case VK_SUBTRACT:
-                    // but set processed to FALSE, not TRUE to still pass them to
-                    // the control's default window proc - otherwise built-in
-                    // keyboard handling won't work
-                    processed = FALSE;
-
-                    break;
+                switch ( wParam )
+                {
+                    // we consider these messages "not interesting" to OnChar, so
+                    // just don't do anything more with them
+                    case VK_SHIFT:
+                    case VK_CONTROL:
+                    case VK_MENU:
+                    case VK_CAPITAL:
+                    case VK_NUMLOCK:
+                    case VK_SCROLL:
+                        processed = true;
+                        break;
+
+                    // avoid duplicate messages to OnChar for these ASCII keys:
+                    // they will be translated by TranslateMessage() and received
+                    // in WM_CHAR
+                    case VK_ESCAPE:
+                    case VK_SPACE:
+                    case VK_RETURN:
+                    case VK_BACK:
+                    case VK_TAB:
+                    case VK_ADD:
+                    case VK_SUBTRACT:
+                    case VK_MULTIPLY:
+                    case VK_DIVIDE:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD0:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD1:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD2:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD3:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD4:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD5:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD6:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD7:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD8:
+                    case VK_NUMPAD9:
+                    case VK_OEM_1:
+                    case VK_OEM_2:
+                    case VK_OEM_3:
+                    case VK_OEM_4:
+                    case VK_OEM_5:
+                    case VK_OEM_6:
+                    case VK_OEM_7:
+                    case VK_OEM_PLUS:
+                    case VK_OEM_COMMA:
+                    case VK_OEM_MINUS:
+                    case VK_OEM_PERIOD:
+                        // but set processed to false, not true to still pass them
+                        // to the control's default window proc - otherwise
+                        // built-in keyboard handling won't work
+                        processed = false;
+                        break;

 
 #ifdef VK_APPS
 
 #ifdef VK_APPS

-                // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse
-                // click because both usually pop up a context menu
-                case VK_APPS:
-                    {
-                        WPARAM flags;
-                        int x, y;
-
-                        TranslateKbdEventToMouse(this, &x, &y, &flags);
-                        processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, x, y, flags);
-                    }
-                    break;
+                    // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse
+                    // click because both usually pop up a context menu
+                    case VK_APPS:
+                        processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONDOWN, -1, -1, 0);
+                        break;

 #endif // VK_APPS
 
 #endif // VK_APPS
 

-                case VK_LEFT:
-                case VK_RIGHT:
-                case VK_DOWN:
-                case VK_UP:
-                default:
-                    processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
+                    default:
+                        // do generate a CHAR event
+                        processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam);
+                }

             }
             }

+            if (message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN)  // Let Windows still handle the SYSKEYs
+                processed = false;

             break;
 
         case WM_SYSKEYUP:
             break;
 
         case WM_SYSKEYUP:


@@ -2359,11 +2943,7 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button
             if ( wParam == VK_APPS )
             {
             // special case of VK_APPS: treat it the same as right mouse button
             if ( wParam == VK_APPS )
             {

-                WPARAM flags;
-                int x, y;
-
-                TranslateKbdEventToMouse(this, &x, &y, &flags);
-                processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, x, y, flags);
+                processed = HandleMouseEvent(WM_RBUTTONUP, -1, -1, 0);

             }
             else
 #endif // VK_APPS
             }
             else
 #endif // VK_APPS


@@ -2374,8 +2954,25 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
 
         case WM_SYSCHAR:
         case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character
 
         case WM_SYSCHAR:
         case WM_CHAR: // Always an ASCII character

-            processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, TRUE);
+            if ( m_lastKeydownProcessed )
+            {
+                // The key was handled in the EVT_KEY_DOWN and handling
+                // a key in an EVT_KEY_DOWN handler is meant, by
+                // design, to prevent EVT_CHARs from happening
+                m_lastKeydownProcessed = false;
+                processed = true;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                processed = HandleChar((WORD)wParam, lParam, true);
+            }
+            break;
+
+#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
+        case WM_HOTKEY:
+            processed = HandleHotKey((WORD)wParam, lParam);

             break;
             break;

+#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY

 
         case WM_HSCROLL:
         case WM_VSCROLL:
 
         case WM_HSCROLL:
         case WM_VSCROLL:


@@ -2391,9 +2988,8 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             break;
 
         // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their
             break;
 
         // CTLCOLOR messages are sent by children to query the parent for their

-        // colors#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+        // colors

 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__

-#ifdef __WIN32__

         case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
         case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
         case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
         case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX:
         case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
         case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:


@@ -2401,35 +2997,39 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
         case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
         case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
         case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
         case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
         case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
         case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:

-#else // Win16
-        case WM_CTLCOLOR:
-#endif // Win32/16

             {
             {

-                WXWORD nCtlColor;

                 WXHDC hdc;
                 WXHWND hwnd;
                 WXHDC hdc;
                 WXHWND hwnd;

-                UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &nCtlColor, &hdc, &hwnd);
-
-                processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush,
-                                           (WXHDC)hdc,
-                                           (WXHWND)hwnd,
-                                           nCtlColor,
-                                           message,
-                                           wParam,
-                                           lParam);
+                UnpackCtlColor(wParam, lParam, &hdc, &hwnd);
+
+                processed = HandleCtlColor(&rc.hBrush, (WXHDC)hdc, (WXHWND)hwnd);

             }
             break;
             }
             break;

-#endif
+#endif // !__WXMICROWIN__

 
 

-            // the return value for this message is ignored

         case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
         case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:

+            // the return value for this message is ignored

             processed = HandleSysColorChange();
             break;
 
             processed = HandleSysColorChange();
             break;
 

+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)
+        case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
+            processed = HandleDisplayChange();
+            break;
+#endif
+

         case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
             processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
             break;
 
         case WM_PALETTECHANGED:
             processed = HandlePaletteChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) wParam);
             break;
 

+        case WM_CAPTURECHANGED:
+            processed = HandleCaptureChanged((WXHWND) (HWND) lParam);
+            break;
+
+        case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
+            processed = HandleSettingChange(wParam, lParam);
+            break;
+

         case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
             processed = HandleQueryNewPalette();
             break;
         case WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE:
             processed = HandleQueryNewPalette();
             break;


@@ -2443,9 +3043,11 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             }
             break;
 
             }
             break;
 

+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)

         case WM_DROPFILES:
             processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam);
             break;
         case WM_DROPFILES:
             processed = HandleDropFiles(wParam);
             break;

+#endif

 
         case WM_INITDIALOG:
             processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);
 
         case WM_INITDIALOG:
             processed = HandleInitDialog((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam);


@@ -2457,6 +3059,7 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             }
             break;
 
             }
             break;
 

+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)

         case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
             processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow);
             break;
         case WM_QUERYENDSESSION:
             processed = HandleQueryEndSession(lParam, &rc.allow);
             break;


@@ -2468,6 +3071,7 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
         case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
             processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam);
             break;
         case WM_GETMINMAXINFO:
             processed = HandleGetMinMaxInfo((MINMAXINFO*)lParam);
             break;

+#endif

 
         case WM_SETCURSOR:
             processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam,
 
         case WM_SETCURSOR:
             processed = HandleSetCursor((WXHWND)(HWND)wParam,


@@ -2483,43 +3087,67 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
             }
             break;
 
             }
             break;
 

-#if defined(__WIN32__) && defined(WM_HELP)
+#if wxUSE_ACCESSIBILITY
+        case WM_GETOBJECT:
+            {
+                //WPARAM dwFlags = (WPARAM) (DWORD) wParam;
+                LPARAM dwObjId = (LPARAM) (DWORD) lParam;
+
+                if (dwObjId == (LPARAM)OBJID_CLIENT && GetOrCreateAccessible())
+                {
+                    return LresultFromObject(IID_IAccessible, wParam, (IUnknown*) GetAccessible()->GetIAccessible());
+                }
+                break;
+            }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(WM_HELP)

         case WM_HELP:
             {
         case WM_HELP:
             {

+                // by default, WM_HELP is propagated by DefWindowProc() upwards
+                // to the window parent but as we do it ourselves already
+                // (wxHelpEvent is derived from wxCommandEvent), we don't want
+                // to get the other events if we process this message at all
+                processed = true;
+
+                // WM_HELP doesn't use lParam under CE
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__

                 HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam;
                 HELPINFO* info = (HELPINFO*) lParam;

-                // Don't yet process menu help events, just windows
-                if (info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW)
+                if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_WINDOW )

                 {
                 {

-                    wxWindowMSW* subjectOfHelp = this;
-                    bool eventProcessed = FALSE;
-                    while (subjectOfHelp && !eventProcessed)
-                    {
-                        wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP,
-                                              subjectOfHelp->GetId(),
-                                              wxPoint(info->MousePos.x,
-                                              info->MousePos.y) );
-                        helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
-                        eventProcessed =
-                            GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
-
-                        // Go up the window hierarchy until the event is
-                        // handled (or not)
-                        subjectOfHelp = subjectOfHelp->GetParent();
-                    }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__
+                    wxHelpEvent helpEvent
+                                (
+                                    wxEVT_HELP,
+                                    GetId(),
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+                                    wxGetMousePosition() // what else?
+#else
+                                    wxPoint(info->MousePos.x, info->MousePos.y)
+#endif
+                                );

 
 

-                    processed = eventProcessed;
+                    helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
+                    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__

                 }
                 }

-                else if (info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM)
+                else if ( info->iContextType == HELPINFO_MENUITEM )

                 {
                     wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId);
                     helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);
                 {
                     wxHelpEvent helpEvent(wxEVT_HELP, info->iCtrlId);
                     helpEvent.SetEventObject(this);

-                    processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);
+                    GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(helpEvent);

 
                 }
 
                 }

-                //else: processed is already FALSE
+                else // unknown help event?
+                {
+                    processed = false;
+                }
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__

             }
             break;
             }
             break;

+#endif // WM_HELP

 
 

+#if !defined(__WXWINCE__)

         case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
             {
                 // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as
         case WM_CONTEXTMENU:
             {
                 // we don't convert from screen to client coordinates as


@@ -2527,22 +3155,47 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
                 wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
 
                 wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);
                 wxPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
 
                 wxContextMenuEvent evtCtx(wxEVT_CONTEXT_MENU, GetId(), pt);

-                processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx);
+
+                // we could have got an event from our child, reflect it back
+                // to it if this is the case
+                wxWindowMSW *win = NULL;
+                if ( (WXHWND)wParam != m_hWnd )
+                {
+                    win = FindItemByHWND((WXHWND)wParam);
+                }
+
+                if ( !win )
+                    win = this;
+
+                evtCtx.SetEventObject(win);
+                processed = win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evtCtx);

             }
             break;
             }
             break;

-#endif // __WIN32__
+#endif

 
 

-#ifdef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-        case WM_NCHITTEST:
-            // we shouldn't allow the windows which don't want to get focus to
-            // get it
-            if ( !AcceptsFocus() )
+        case WM_MENUCHAR:
+            // we're only interested in our own menus, not MF_SYSMENU
+            if ( HIWORD(wParam) == MF_POPUP )
+            {
+                // handle menu chars for ownerdrawn menu items
+                int i = HandleMenuChar(toupper(LOWORD(wParam)), lParam);
+                if ( i != wxNOT_FOUND )
+                {
+                    rc.result = MAKELRESULT(i, MNC_EXECUTE);
+                    processed = true;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+        case WM_POWERBROADCAST:

             {
             {

-                rc.result = HTTRANSPARENT;
-                processed = TRUE;
+                bool vetoed;
+                processed = HandlePower(wParam, lParam, &vetoed);
+                rc.result = processed && vetoed ? BROADCAST_QUERY_DENY : TRUE;

             }
             break;
             }
             break;

-#endif // __WXUNIVERSAL__
+#endif // __WXWINCE__

     }
 
     if ( !processed )
     }
 
     if ( !processed )


@@ -2557,37 +3210,17 @@ long wxWindowMSW::MSWWindowProc(WXUINT message, WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam
     return rc.result;
 }
 
     return rc.result;
 }
 

-// Dialog window proc
-LONG APIENTRY _EXPORT
-wxDlgProc(HWND WXUNUSED(hWnd), UINT message, WPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam), LPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam))
-{
-    if ( message == WM_INITDIALOG )
-    {
-        // for this message, returning TRUE tells system to set focus to the
-        // first control in the dialog box
-        return TRUE;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-        // for all the other ones, FALSE means that we didn't process the
-        // message
-        return 0;
-    }
-}
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// wxWindow <-> HWND map
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+wxWinHashTable *wxWinHandleHash = NULL;

 
 

-wxList *wxWinHandleList = NULL;

 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)
 {
 wxWindow *wxFindWinFromHandle(WXHWND hWnd)
 {

-    wxNode *node = wxWinHandleList->Find((long)hWnd);
-    if ( !node )
-        return NULL;
-    return (wxWindow *)node->Data();
+    return (wxWindow*)wxWinHandleHash->Get((long)hWnd);

 }
 
 }
 

-#if 0 // def __WXDEBUG__
-static int gs_AssociationCount = 0;
-#endif
-

 void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
     // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and
 void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
     // adding NULL hWnd is (first) surely a result of an error and


@@ -2595,280 +3228,180 @@ void wxAssociateWinWithHandle(HWND hWnd, wxWindowMSW *win)
     wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND)NULL,
                  wxT("attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list ignored") );
 
     wxCHECK_RET( hWnd != (HWND)NULL,
                  wxT("attempt to add a NULL hWnd to window list ignored") );
 

-

     wxWindow *oldWin = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);
     wxWindow *oldWin = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd);

+#ifdef __WXDEBUG__

     if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) )
     {
     if ( oldWin && (oldWin != win) )
     {

-        wxString str(win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());
-        wxLogError(wxT("Bug! Found existing HWND %X for new window of class %s"), (int) hWnd, (const wxChar*) str);
+        wxLogDebug(wxT("HWND %X already associated with another window (%s)"),
+                   (int) hWnd, win->GetClassInfo()->GetClassName());

     }
     }

-    else if (!oldWin)
+    else
+#endif // __WXDEBUG__
+    if (!oldWin)

     {
     {

-#if 0 // def __WXDEBUG__
-        gs_AssociationCount ++;
-        wxLogDebug("+ Association %d", gs_AssociationCount);
-#endif
-
-        wxWinHandleList->Append((long)hWnd, win);
+        wxWinHandleHash->Put((long)hWnd, (wxWindow *)win);

     }
 }
 
 void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
     }
 }
 
 void wxRemoveHandleAssociation(wxWindowMSW *win)
 {

-#if 0 // def __WXDEBUG__
-    if (wxWinHandleList->Member(win))
-    {
-        wxLogDebug("- Association %d", gs_AssociationCount);
-        gs_AssociationCount --;
-    }
-#endif
-    wxWinHandleList->DeleteObject(win);
-}
-
-// Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way
-// (e.g. with MDI child windows)
-void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow()
-{
-}
-
-void wxWindowMSW::MSWDetachWindowMenu()
-{
-#ifndef __WXUNIVERSAL__
-    if ( m_hMenu )
-    {
-        wxChar buf[1024];
-        HMENU hMenu = (HMENU)m_hMenu;
-
-        int N = ::GetMenuItemCount(hMenu);
-        for ( int i = 0; i < N; i++ )
-        {
-            if ( !::GetMenuString(hMenu, i, buf, WXSIZEOF(buf), MF_BYPOSITION) )
-            {
-                wxLogLastError(wxT("GetMenuString"));
-
-                continue;
-            }
-
-            if ( wxStrcmp(buf, _("&Window")) == 0 )
-            {
-                if ( !::RemoveMenu(hMenu, i, MF_BYPOSITION) )
-                {
-                    wxLogLastError(wxT("RemoveMenu"));
-                }
-
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-#endif
+    wxWinHandleHash->Delete((long)win->GetHWND());

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(int id,
-                            wxWindow *parent,
-                            const wxChar *wclass,
-                            wxWindow * WXUNUSED(wx_win),
-                            const wxChar *title,
-                            int x,
-                            int y,
-                            int width,
-                            int height,
-                            WXDWORD style,
-                            const wxChar *dialog_template,
-                            WXDWORD extendedStyle)
-{
-    int x1 = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-    int y1 = 0;
-    int width1 = CW_USEDEFAULT;
-    int height1 = 100;
-
-    // Find parent's size, if it exists, to set up a possible default
-    // panel size the size of the parent window
-    RECT rectParent;
-    if ( parent )
-    {
-        ::GetClientRect(GetHwndOf(parent), &rectParent);
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// various MSW speciic class dependent functions
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 
 

-        width1 = rectParent.right - rectParent.left;
-        height1 = rectParent.bottom - rectParent.top;
-    }
+// Default destroyer - override if you destroy it in some other way
+// (e.g. with MDI child windows)
+void wxWindowMSW::MSWDestroyWindow()
+{
+}

 
 

-    if ( x != -1 )
-        x1 = x;
-    if ( y != -1 )
-        y1 = y;
-    if ( width != -1 )
-        width1 = width;
-    if ( height != -1 )
-        height1 = height;
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(const wxPoint& pos,
+                                           const wxSize& size,
+                                           int& x, int& y,
+                                           int& w, int& h) const
+{
+    // yes, those are just some arbitrary hardcoded numbers
+    static const int DEFAULT_Y = 200;

 
 

-    // unfortunately, setting WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT only for some windows in the
-    // hierarchy with several embedded panels (and not all of them) causes the
-    // program to hang during the next call to IsDialogMessage() due to the bug
-    // in this function (at least in Windows NT 4.0, it seems to work ok in
-    // Win2K)
-#if 0
-    // if we have wxTAB_TRAVERSAL style, we want WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT or
-    // IsDialogMessage() won't work for us
-    if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxTAB_TRAVERSAL )
-    {
-        extendedStyle |= WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT;
-    }
-#endif // 0
+    bool nonDefault = false;

 
 

-    HWND hParent;
-    if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxPOPUP_WINDOW )
+    if ( pos.x == wxDefaultCoord )

     {
     {

-        // popup windows should have desktop as parent because they shouldn't
-        // be limited to the parents client area as child windows usually are
-        hParent = ::GetDesktopWindow();
+        // if x is set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y parameter is ignored anyhow so we
+        // can just as well set it to CW_USEDEFAULT as well
+        x =
+        y = CW_USEDEFAULT;

     }
     }

-    else if ( parent )
+    else

     {
     {

-        hParent = GetHwndOf(parent);
-    }
+        // OTOH, if x is not set to CW_USEDEFAULT, y shouldn't be set to it
+        // neither because it is not handled as a special value by Windows then
+        // and so we have to choose some default value for it
+        x = pos.x;
+        y = pos.y == wxDefaultCoord ? DEFAULT_Y : pos.y;
+
+        nonDefault = true;
+    }
+
+    /*
+      NB: there used to be some code here which set the initial size of the
+          window to the client size of the parent if no explicit size was
+          specified. This was wrong because wxWidgets programs often assume
+          that they get a WM_SIZE (EVT_SIZE) upon creation, however this broke
+          it. To see why, you should understand that Windows sends WM_SIZE from
+          inside ::CreateWindow() anyhow. However, ::CreateWindow() is called
+          from some base class ctor and so this WM_SIZE is not processed in the
+          real class' OnSize() (because it's not fully constructed yet and the
+          event goes to some base class OnSize() instead). So the WM_SIZE we
+          rely on is the one sent when the parent frame resizes its children
+          but here is the problem: if the child already has just the right
+          size, nothing will happen as both wxWidgets and Windows check for
+          this and ignore any attempts to change the window size to the size it
+          already has - so no WM_SIZE would be sent.
+     */
+
+
+    // we don't use CW_USEDEFAULT here for several reasons:
+    //
+    //  1. it results in huge frames on modern screens (1000*800 is not
+    //     uncommon on my 1280*1024 screen) which is way too big for a half
+    //     empty frame of most of wxWidgets samples for example)
+    //
+    //  2. it is buggy for frames with wxFRAME_TOOL_WINDOW style for which
+    //     the default is for whatever reason 8*8 which breaks client <->
+    //     window size calculations (it would be nice if it didn't, but it
+    //     does and the simplest way to fix it seemed to change the broken
+    //     default size anyhow)
+    //
+    //  3. there is just no advantage in doing it: with x and y it is
+    //     possible that [future versions of] Windows position the new top
+    //     level window in some smart way which we can't do, but we can
+    //     guess a reasonably good size for a new window just as well
+    //     ourselves
+
+    // However, on PocketPC devices, we must use the default
+    // size if possible.
+#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
+    if (size.x == wxDefaultCoord)
+        w = CW_USEDEFAULT;

     else
     else

+        w = size.x;
+    if (size.y == wxDefaultCoord)
+        h = CW_USEDEFAULT;
+    else
+        h = size.y;
+#else
+    if ( size.x == wxDefaultCoord || size.y == wxDefaultCoord)

     {
     {

-        // top level window
-        hParent = NULL;
+        nonDefault = true;

     }
     }

+    w = WidthDefault(size.x);
+    h = HeightDefault(size.y);
+#endif

 
 

-    wxWndHook = this;
-
-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
-    if ( dialog_template )
-    {
-        // for the dialogs without wxDIALOG_NO_PARENT style, use the top level
-        // app window as parent - this avoids creating modal dialogs without
-        // parent
-        if ( !hParent && !(GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxDIALOG_NO_PARENT) )
-        {
-            wxWindow *winTop = wxTheApp->GetTopWindow();
-            if ( winTop )
-                hParent = GetHwndOf(winTop);
-        }
-
-        m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateDialog(wxGetInstance(),
-                                        dialog_template,
-                                        hParent,
-                                        (DLGPROC)wxDlgProc);
-
-        if ( m_hWnd == 0 )
-        {
-            wxLogError(_("Can't find dialog template '%s'!\nCheck resource include path for finding wx.rc."),
-                       dialog_template);
-
-            return FALSE;
-        }
-
-        if ( extendedStyle != 0 )
-        {
-            ::SetWindowLong(GetHwnd(), GWL_EXSTYLE, extendedStyle);
-            ::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-                           SWP_NOSIZE |
-                           SWP_NOMOVE |
-                           SWP_NOZORDER |
-                           SWP_NOACTIVATE);
-        }
-
-#if defined(__WIN95__)
-        // For some reason, the system menu is activated when we use the
-        // WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP style, so let's set a reasonable icon
-        if (extendedStyle & WS_EX_CONTEXTHELP)
-        {
-            wxFrame *winTop = wxDynamicCast(wxTheApp->GetTopWindow(), wxFrame);
-            if ( winTop )
-            {
-                wxIcon icon = winTop->GetIcon();
-                if ( icon.Ok() )
-                {
-                    ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), WM_SETICON,
-                                  (WPARAM)TRUE,
-                                  (LPARAM)GetHiconOf(icon));
-                }
-            }
-        }
-#endif // __WIN95__
+    AdjustForParentClientOrigin(x, y);

 
 

+    return nonDefault;
+}

 
 

-        // JACS: is the following still necessary? The above seems to work.
+WXHWND wxWindowMSW::MSWGetParent() const
+{
+    return m_parent ? m_parent->GetHWND() : WXHWND(NULL);
+}

 
 

-        // ::SetWindowLong(GWL_EXSTYLE) doesn't work for the dialogs, so try
-        // to take care of (at least some) extended style flags ourselves
-        if ( extendedStyle & WS_EX_TOPMOST )
-        {
-            if ( !::SetWindowPos(GetHwnd(), HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0,
-                                 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE) )
-            {
-                wxLogLastError(wxT("SetWindowPos"));
-            }
-        }
+bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(const wxChar *wclass,
+                            const wxChar *title,
+                            const wxPoint& pos,
+                            const wxSize& size,
+                            WXDWORD style,
+                            WXDWORD extendedStyle)
+{
+    // choose the position/size for the new window
+    int x, y, w, h;
+    (void)MSWGetCreateWindowCoords(pos, size, x, y, w, h);

 
 

-        // move the dialog to its initial position without forcing repainting
-        if ( !::MoveWindow(GetHwnd(), x1, y1, width1, height1, FALSE) )
-        {
-            wxLogLastError(wxT("MoveWindow"));
-        }
+    // controlId is menu handle for the top level windows, so set it to 0
+    // unless we're creating a child window
+    int controlId = style & WS_CHILD ? GetId() : 0;

 
 

-    }
-    else // creating a normal window, not a dialog
-#endif
-       // __WXMICROWIN__
+    // for each class "Foo" we have we also have "FooNR" ("no repaint") class
+    // which is the same but without CS_[HV]REDRAW class styles so using it
+    // ensures that the window is not fully repainted on each resize
+    wxString className(wclass);
+    if ( !HasFlag(wxFULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE) )

     {
     {

-        int controlId = 0;
-        if ( style & WS_CHILD )
-        {
-            controlId = id;
-
-            if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxCLIP_SIBLINGS )
-            {
-                style |= WS_CLIPSIBLINGS;
-            }
-        }
-
-        wxString className(wclass);
-        if ( GetWindowStyleFlag() & wxNO_FULL_REPAINT_ON_RESIZE )
-        {
-            className += wxT("NR");
-        }
-
-        m_hWnd = (WXHWND)CreateWindowEx(extendedStyle,
-                                        className,
-                                        title ? title : wxT(""),
-                                        style,
-                                        x1, y1,
-                                        width1, height1,
-                                        hParent, (HMENU)controlId,
-                                        wxGetInstance(),
-                                        NULL);
-
-        if ( !m_hWnd )
-        {
-            wxLogError(_("Can't create window of class %s!\nPossible Windows 3.x compatibility problem?"),
-                       wclass);
-
-            return FALSE;
-        }
+        className += wxT("NR");

     }
 
     }
 

-    wxWndHook = NULL;
+    // do create the window
+    wxWindowCreationHook hook(this);

 
 

-#ifdef __WXDEBUG__
-    wxNode* node = wxWinHandleList->Member(this);
-    if (node)
+    m_hWnd = (WXHWND)::CreateWindowEx
+                       (
+                        extendedStyle,
+                        className,
+                        title ? title : m_windowName.c_str(),
+                        style,
+                        x, y, w, h,
+                        (HWND)MSWGetParent(),
+                        (HMENU)controlId,
+                        wxGetInstance(),
+                        NULL                        // no extra data
+                       );
+
+    if ( !m_hWnd )

     {
     {

-        HWND hWnd = (HWND) node->GetKeyInteger();
-        if (hWnd != (HWND) m_hWnd)
-        {
-            wxLogError(wxT("A second HWND association is being added for the same window!"));
-        }
-    }
-#endif // Debug
+        wxLogSysError(_("Can't create window of class %s"), className.c_str());

 
 

-    wxAssociateWinWithHandle((HWND) m_hWnd, this);
+        return false;
+    }

 
 

-    SetFont(wxSystemSettings::GetSystemFont(wxSYS_DEFAULT_GUI_FONT));
+    SubclassWin(m_hWnd);

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ===========================================================================
 }
 
 // ===========================================================================


@@ -2879,8 +3412,6 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWCreate(int id,
 // WM_NOTIFY
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 // WM_NOTIFY
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-#ifdef __WIN95__
-// FIXME: VZ: I'm not sure at all that the order of processing is correct

 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result)
 {
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result)
 {
 #ifndef __WXMICROWIN__


@@ -2888,51 +3419,141 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleNotify(int idCtrl, WXLPARAM lParam, WXLPARAM *result)
     HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom;
     wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd);
 
     HWND hWnd = hdr->hwndFrom;
     wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hWnd);
 

-    // is this one of our windows?
+    // if the control is one of our windows, let it handle the message itself

     if ( win )
     {
         return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
     }
 
     if ( win )
     {
         return win->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
     }
 

+    // VZ: why did we do it? normally this is unnecessary and, besides, it
+    //     breaks the message processing for the toolbars because the tooltip
+    //     notifications were being forwarded to the toolbar child controls
+    //     (if it had any) before being passed to the toolbar itself, so in my
+    //     example the tooltip for the combobox was always shown instead of the
+    //     correct button tooltips
+#if 0

     // try all our children
     // try all our children

-    wxWindowList::Node *node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();

     while ( node )
     {
         wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
         if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) )
         {
     while ( node )
     {
         wxWindow *child = node->GetData();
         if ( child->MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result) )
         {

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
 
         node = node->GetNext();
     }
         }
 
         node = node->GetNext();
     }

+#endif // 0

 
 

-    // finally try this window too (catches toolbar case)
+    // by default, handle it ourselves

     return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);
     return MSWOnNotify(idCtrl, lParam, result);

-#else
-    return FALSE;
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__
+    return false;
+#endif
+}
+
+#if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleTooltipNotify(WXUINT code,
+                                      WXLPARAM lParam,
+                                      const wxString& ttip)
+{
+    // I don't know why it happens, but the versions of comctl32.dll starting
+    // from 4.70 sometimes send TTN_NEEDTEXTW even to ANSI programs (normally,
+    // this message is supposed to be sent to Unicode programs only) -- hence
+    // we need to handle it as well, otherwise no tooltips will be shown in
+    // this case
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( !(code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTA || code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW)
+            || ttip.empty() )
+    {
+        // not a tooltip message or no tooltip to show anyhow
+        return false;
+    }

 #endif
 #endif

+
+    LPTOOLTIPTEXT ttText = (LPTOOLTIPTEXT)lParam;
+
+    // We don't want to use the szText buffer because it has a limit of 80
+    // bytes and this is not enough, especially for Unicode build where it
+    // limits the tooltip string length to only 40 characters
+    //
+    // The best would be, of course, to not impose any length limitations at
+    // all but then the buffer would have to be dynamic and someone would have
+    // to free it and we don't have the tooltip owner object here any more, so
+    // for now use our own static buffer with a higher fixed max length.
+    //
+    // Note that using a static buffer should not be a problem as only a single
+    // tooltip can be shown at the same time anyhow.
+#if !wxUSE_UNICODE
+    if ( code == (WXUINT) TTN_NEEDTEXTW )
+    {
+        // We need to convert tooltip from multi byte to Unicode on the fly.
+        static wchar_t buf[513];
+
+        // Truncate tooltip length if needed as otherwise we might not have
+        // enough space for it in the buffer and MultiByteToWideChar() would
+        // return an error
+        size_t tipLength = wxMin(ttip.length(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1);
+
+        // Convert to WideChar without adding the NULL character. The NULL
+        // character is added afterwards (this is more efficient).
+        int len = ::MultiByteToWideChar
+                    (
+                        CP_ACP,
+                        0,                      // no flags
+                        ttip,
+                        tipLength,
+                        buf,
+                        WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1
+                    );
+
+        if ( !len )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("MultiByteToWideChar()"));
+        }
+
+        buf[len] = L'\0';
+        ttText->lpszText = (LPSTR) buf;
+    }
+    else // TTN_NEEDTEXTA
+#endif // !wxUSE_UNICODE
+    {
+        // we get here if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTA (only happens in ANSI build) or
+        // if we got TTN_NEEDTEXTW in Unicode build: in this case we just have
+        // to copy the string we have into the buffer
+        static wxChar buf[513];
+        wxStrncpy(buf, ttip.c_str(), WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1);
+        buf[WXSIZEOF(buf) - 1] = _T('\0');
+        ttText->lpszText = buf;
+    }
+
+    return true;

 }
 
 }
 

+#endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
+

 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),

-                           WXLPARAM lParam,
-                           WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result))
+                              WXLPARAM lParam,
+                              WXLPARAM* WXUNUSED(result))

 {
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 {
 #if wxUSE_TOOLTIPS

-    NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
-    if ( (int)hdr->code == TTN_NEEDTEXT && m_tooltip )
+    if ( m_tooltip )

     {
     {

-        TOOLTIPTEXT *ttt = (TOOLTIPTEXT *)lParam;
-        ttt->lpszText = (wxChar *)m_tooltip->GetTip().c_str();
-
-        // processed
-        return TRUE;
+        NMHDR* hdr = (NMHDR *)lParam;
+        if ( HandleTooltipNotify(hdr->code, lParam, m_tooltip->GetTip()))
+        {
+            // processed
+            return true;
+        }

     }
     }

+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(lParam);

 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 
 #endif // wxUSE_TOOLTIPS
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 }

-#endif // __WIN95__

 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // end session messages
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // end session messages


@@ -2940,9 +3561,10 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnNotify(int WXUNUSED(idCtrl),
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)
 {

-    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, -1);
+#ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF
+    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_QUERY_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY);

     event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
     event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);

-    event.SetCanVeto(TRUE);
+    event.SetCanVeto(true);

     event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF);
 
     bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
     event.SetLoggingOff(logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF);
 
     bool rc = wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);


@@ -2955,44 +3577,60 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryEndSession(long logOff, bool *mayEnd)
     }
 
     return rc;
     }
 
     return rc;

+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(logOff);
+    wxUnusedVar(mayEnd);
+    return false;
+#endif

 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
 {
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEndSession(bool endSession, long logOff)
 {

+#ifdef ENDSESSION_LOGOFF

     // do nothing if the session isn't ending
     if ( !endSession )
     // do nothing if the session isn't ending
     if ( !endSession )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
 

-    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, -1);
+    // only send once
+    if ( (this != wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) )
+        return false;
+
+    wxCloseEvent event(wxEVT_END_SESSION, wxID_ANY);

     event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);
     event.SetEventObject(wxTheApp);

-    event.SetCanVeto(FALSE);
+    event.SetCanVeto(false);

     event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );
     event.SetLoggingOff( (logOff == (long)ENDSESSION_LOGOFF) );

-    if ( (this == wxTheApp->GetTopWindow()) && // Only send once
-        wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event))
-    {
-    }
-    return TRUE;
+
+    return wxTheApp->ProcessEvent(event);
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(endSession);
+    wxUnusedVar(logOff);
+    return false;
+#endif

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // window creation/destruction
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // window creation/destruction
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED(cs), bool *mayCreate)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCreate(WXLPCREATESTRUCT WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(cs),
+                               bool *mayCreate)

 {
 {

-    // TODO: should generate this event from WM_NCCREATE
-    wxWindowCreateEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
-    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    // VZ: why is this commented out for WinCE? If it doesn't support
+    //     WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT at all it should be somehow handled globally,
+    //     not with multiple #ifdef's!
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( ((CREATESTRUCT *)cs)->dwExStyle & WS_EX_CONTROLPARENT )
+        EnsureParentHasControlParentStyle(GetParent());
+#endif // !__WXWINCE__

 
 

-    *mayCreate = TRUE;
+    *mayCreate = true;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy()
 {
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy()
 {

-    wxWindowDestroyEvent event((wxWindow *)this);
-    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    SendDestroyEvent();

 
     // delete our drop target if we've got one
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
     // delete our drop target if we've got one
 #if wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP


@@ -3006,40 +3644,13 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDestroy()
 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
     // WM_DESTROY handled
 #endif // wxUSE_DRAG_AND_DROP
 
     // WM_DESTROY handled

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // activation/focus
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // activation/focus
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-void wxWindowMSW::OnSetFocus(wxFocusEvent& event)
-{
-    // panel wants to track the window which was the last to have focus in it,
-    // so we want to set ourselves as the window which last had focus
-    //
-    // notice that it's also important to do it upwards the tree becaus
-    // otherwise when the top level panel gets focus, it won't set it back to
-    // us, but to some other sibling
-    wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)this;
-    while ( win )
-    {
-        wxWindow *parent = win->GetParent();
-        wxPanel *panel = wxDynamicCast(parent, wxPanel);
-        if ( panel )
-        {
-            panel->SetLastFocus(win);
-        }
-
-        win = parent;
-    }
-
-    wxLogTrace(_T("focus"), _T("%s (0x%08x) gets focus"),
-               GetClassInfo()->GetClassName(), GetHandle());
-
-    event.Skip();
-}
-

 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state,
                               bool WXUNUSED(minimized),
                               WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate))
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state,
                               bool WXUNUSED(minimized),
                               WXHWND WXUNUSED(activate))


@@ -3054,6 +3665,18 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleActivate(int state,
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
 {

+    // Strangly enough, some controls get set focus events when they are being
+    // deleted, even if they already had focus before.
+    if ( m_isBeingDeleted )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // notify the parent keeping track of focus for the kbd navigation
+    // purposes that we got it
+    wxChildFocusEvent eventFocus((wxWindow *)this);
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(eventFocus);
+

 #if wxUSE_CARET
     // Deal with caret
     if ( m_caret )
 #if wxUSE_CARET
     // Deal with caret
     if ( m_caret )


@@ -3062,6 +3685,15 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_CARET
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_CARET
 

+#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+    // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done
+    // after the control gets to process it from EN_FOCUS handler
+    if ( wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl) )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+

     wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_SET_FOCUS, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 


@@ -3081,6 +3713,23 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_CARET
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_CARET
 

+#if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL
+    // If it's a wxTextCtrl don't send the event as it will be done
+    // after the control gets to process it.
+    wxTextCtrl *ctrl = wxDynamicCastThis(wxTextCtrl);
+    if ( ctrl )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // Don't send the event when in the process of being deleted.  This can
+    // only cause problems if the event handler tries to access the object.
+    if ( m_isBeingDeleted )
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+

     wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     wxFocusEvent event(wxEVT_KILL_FOCUS, m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 


@@ -3090,6 +3739,20 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 

+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// labels
+// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void wxWindowMSW::SetLabel( const wxString& label)
+{
+    SetWindowText(GetHwnd(), label.c_str());
+}
+
+wxString wxWindowMSW::GetLabel() const
+{
+    return wxGetWindowText(GetHWND());
+}
+

 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // miscellaneous
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // miscellaneous
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -3097,7 +3760,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKillFocus(WXHWND hwnd)
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status))
 {
     wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status))
 {
     wxShowEvent event(GetId(), show);

-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }


@@ -3105,20 +3768,21 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleShow(bool show, int WXUNUSED(status))
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))
 {
     wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleInitDialog(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWndFocus))
 {
     wxInitDialogEvent event(GetId());

-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
 {
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
 {

-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#if defined (__WXMICROWIN__) || defined(__WXWINCE__)
+    wxUnusedVar(wParam);
+    return false;
+#else // __WXMICROWIN__

     HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam;
     HDROP hFilesInfo = (HDROP) wParam;

-    POINT dropPoint;
-    DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);

 
     // Get the total number of files dropped
 
     // Get the total number of files dropped

-    WORD gwFilesDropped = (WORD)::DragQueryFile
+    UINT gwFilesDropped = ::DragQueryFile

                             (
                                 (HDROP)hFilesInfo,
                                 (UINT)-1,
                             (
                                 (HDROP)hFilesInfo,
                                 (UINT)-1,


@@ -3127,28 +3791,30 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDropFiles(WXWPARAM wParam)
                             );
 
     wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped];
                             );
 
     wxString *files = new wxString[gwFilesDropped];

-    int wIndex;
-    for (wIndex=0; wIndex < (int)gwFilesDropped; wIndex++)
+    for ( UINT wIndex = 0; wIndex < gwFilesDropped; wIndex++ )

     {
     {

-        DragQueryFile (hFilesInfo, wIndex, (LPTSTR) wxBuffer, 1000);
-        files[wIndex] = wxBuffer;
+        // first get the needed buffer length (+1 for terminating NUL)
+        size_t len = ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex, NULL, 0) + 1;
+
+        // and now get the file name
+        ::DragQueryFile(hFilesInfo, wIndex,
+                        wxStringBuffer(files[wIndex], len), len);

     }
     DragFinish (hFilesInfo);
 
     wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);
     }
     DragFinish (hFilesInfo);
 
     wxDropFilesEvent event(wxEVT_DROP_FILES, gwFilesDropped, files);

-    event.m_eventObject = this;
-    event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x; event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.y;
-
-    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    delete[] files;
+    POINT dropPoint;
+    DragQueryPoint(hFilesInfo, (LPPOINT) &dropPoint);
+    event.m_pos.x = dropPoint.x;
+    event.m_pos.y = dropPoint.y;

 
 

-    return rc;
-#else
-    return FALSE;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
 }
 

+

 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
                                   short nHitTest,
                                   int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg))
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
                                   short nHitTest,
                                   int WXUNUSED(mouseMsg))


@@ -3164,7 +3830,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
 
     if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT )
     {
 
     if ( nHitTest != HTCLIENT )
     {

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     HCURSOR hcursor = 0;
     }
 
     HCURSOR hcursor = 0;


@@ -3172,15 +3838,14 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
     // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very
     // specific way (for example, depending on the current position)
     POINT pt;
     // first ask the user code - it may wish to set the cursor in some very
     // specific way (for example, depending on the current position)
     POINT pt;

-#ifdef __WIN32__
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt))
+#else

     if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
     if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )

+#endif

     {
         wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos"));
     }
     {
         wxLogLastError(wxT("GetCursorPos"));
     }

-#else
-    // In WIN16 it doesn't return a value.
-    ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
-#endif

 
     int x = pt.x,
         y = pt.y;
 
     int x = pt.x,
         y = pt.y;


@@ -3225,32 +3890,125 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSetCursor(WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
 
     if ( hcursor )
     {
 
     if ( hcursor )
     {

+//        wxLogDebug("HandleSetCursor: Setting cursor %ld", (long) hcursor);
+

         ::SetCursor(hcursor);
 
         // cursor set, stop here
         ::SetCursor(hcursor);
 
         // cursor set, stop here

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     }

-#endif
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+

     // pass up the window chain
     // pass up the window chain

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePower(WXWPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(wParam),
+                              WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam),
+                              bool *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(vetoed))
+{
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    // FIXME
+    return false;
+#else
+    wxEventType evtType;
+    switch ( wParam )
+    {
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPEND:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDING;
+            break;
+
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSUSPENDFAILED:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPEND_CANCEL;
+            break;
+
+        case PBT_APMSUSPEND:
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_SUSPENDED;
+            break;
+
+        case PBT_APMRESUMESUSPEND:
+#ifdef PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC
+        case PBT_APMRESUMEAUTOMATIC:
+#endif
+            evtType = wxEVT_POWER_RESUME;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxLogDebug(_T("Unknown WM_POWERBROADCAST(%d) event"), wParam);
+            // fall through
+
+        // these messages are currently not mapped to wx events
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMQUERYSTANDBYFAILED:
+        case PBT_APMSTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMRESUMESTANDBY:
+        case PBT_APMBATTERYLOW:
+        case PBT_APMPOWERSTATUSCHANGE:
+        case PBT_APMOEMEVENT:
+        case PBT_APMRESUMECRITICAL:
+            evtType = wxEVT_NULL;
+            break;
+    }
+
+    // don't handle unknown messages
+    if ( evtType == wxEVT_NULL )
+        return false;
+
+    // TODO: notify about PBTF_APMRESUMEFROMFAILURE in case of resume events?
+
+    wxPowerEvent event(evtType);
+    if ( !GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
+        return false;
+
+    *vetoed = event.IsVetoed();
+
+    return true;
+#endif
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::IsDoubleBuffered() const
+{
+    for ( const wxWindowMSW *wnd = this;
+          wnd && !wnd->IsTopLevel(); wnd =
+          wnd->GetParent() )
+    {
+        if ( ::GetWindowLong(GetHwndOf(wnd), GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_COMPOSITED )
+            return true;
+    }
+
+    return false;

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // owner drawn stuff
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // owner drawn stuff
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
+#if (wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE) || \
+        (wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__))
+    #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param) param
+#else
+    #define WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(param)
+#endif
+
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(id),
+                           WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT * WXUNUSED_UNLESS_ODRAWN(itemStruct))

 {
 #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
     // is it a menu item?
 {
 #if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
 
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
     // is it a menu item?

-    if ( id == 0 )
+    DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
+    if ( id == 0 && pDrawStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU )

     {
     {

-        DRAWITEMSTRUCT *pDrawStruct = (DRAWITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;

         wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);
 
         wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pDrawStruct->itemData);
 

-        wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+        // see comment before the same test in MSWOnMeasureItem() below
+        if ( !pMenuItem )
+            return false;
+
+        wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem),
+                         false, _T("MSWOnDrawItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") );

 
         // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent
         // the DC from being released
 
         // prepare to call OnDrawItem(): notice using of wxDCTemp to prevent
         // the DC from being released


@@ -3269,41 +4027,75 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnDrawItem(int id, WXDRAWITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 

-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-    if ( item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) )
+#endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+#if wxUSE_CONTROLS && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl);
+#else // !wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+    // we may still have owner-drawn buttons internally because we have to make
+    // them owner-drawn to support colour change
+    wxControl *item =
+#                     if wxUSE_BUTTON
+                         wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxButton)
+#                     else
+                         NULL
+#                     endif
+                    ;
+#endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN
+
+    if ( item )

     {
     {

-        return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct);
+        return item->MSWOnDraw(itemStruct);

     }
     }

-#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS

 
 

-#endif // USE_OWNER_DRAWN
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS

 
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)
+bool
+wxWindowMSW::MSWOnMeasureItem(int id, WXMEASUREITEMSTRUCT *itemStruct)

 {
 {

-#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN
+#if wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE

     // is it a menu item?
     // is it a menu item?

-    if ( id == 0 )
+    MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;
+    if ( id == 0 && pMeasureStruct->CtlType == ODT_MENU )

     {
     {

-        MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *pMeasureStruct = (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT *)itemStruct;

         wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);
 
         wxMenuItem *pMenuItem = (wxMenuItem *)(pMeasureStruct->itemData);
 

-        wxCHECK( pMenuItem->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxMenuItem)), FALSE );
+        // according to Carsten Fuchs the pointer may be NULL under XP if an
+        // MDI child frame is initially maximized, see this for more info:
+        // http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.general/27745
+        //
+        // so silently ignore it instead of asserting
+        if ( !pMenuItem )
+            return false;

 
 

-        return pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&pMeasureStruct->itemWidth,
-                                        &pMeasureStruct->itemHeight);
+        wxCHECK_MSG( wxDynamicCast(pMenuItem, wxMenuItem),
+                        false, _T("MSWOnMeasureItem: bad wxMenuItem pointer") );
+
+        size_t w, h;
+        bool rc = pMenuItem->OnMeasureItem(&w, &h);
+
+        pMeasureStruct->itemWidth = w;
+        pMeasureStruct->itemHeight = h;
+
+        return rc;

     }
 
     }
 

-    wxWindow *item = FindItem(id);
-    if ( item && item->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxControl)) )
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItem(id), wxControl);
+    if ( item )

     {
     {

-        return ((wxControl *)item)->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct);
+        return item->MSWOnMeasure(itemStruct);

     }
     }

-#endif  // owner-drawn menus
-    return FALSE;
+#else
+    wxUnusedVar(id);
+    wxUnusedVar(itemStruct);
+#endif // wxUSE_OWNER_DRAWN && wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
+
+    return false;

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -3315,64 +4107,146 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysColorChange()
     wxSysColourChangedEvent event;
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     wxSysColourChangedEvent event;
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 

+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+
+    // always let the system carry on the default processing to allow the
+    // native controls to react to the colours update
+    return false;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleDisplayChange()
+{
+    wxDisplayChangedEvent event;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
+
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush, WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWnd)
+{
+#if !wxUSE_CONTROLS || defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)
+    wxUnusedVar(hDC);
+    wxUnusedVar(hWnd);
+#else
+    wxControl *item = wxDynamicCast(FindItemByHWND(hWnd, true), wxControl);
+
+    if ( item )
+        *brush = item->MSWControlColor(hDC, hWnd);
+    else
+#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+        *brush = NULL;
+
+    return *brush != NULL;
+}
+
+#endif // __WXMICROWIN__
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
+{
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    // same as below except we don't respond to our own messages
+    if ( hWndPalChange != GetHWND() )
+    {
+        // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
+        wxWindowMSW *win = this;
+        while ( win && !win->HasCustomPalette() )
+        {
+            win = win->GetParent();
+        }
+
+        if ( win && win->HasCustomPalette() )
+        {
+            // realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed
+            HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) hWndPalChange);
+            win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE)
+                    ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE));
+
+            int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+
+            // restore the palette (before releasing the DC)
+            win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE((WXHPALETTE)
+                    ::SelectPalette(hdc, GetHpaletteOf(win->m_palette), FALSE));
+            ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+            ::ReleaseDC((HWND) hWndPalChange, hdc);
+
+            // now check for the need to redraw
+            if (result > 0)
+                ::InvalidateRect((HWND) hWndPalChange, NULL, TRUE);
+        }
+
+    }
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+
+    wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId());
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange));
+

     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 

-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCtlColor(WXHBRUSH *brush,
-                              WXHDC pDC,
-                              WXHWND pWnd,
-                              WXUINT nCtlColor,
-                              WXUINT message,
-                              WXWPARAM wParam,
-                              WXLPARAM lParam)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCaptureChanged(WXHWND hWndGainedCapture)

 {
 {

-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
-    WXHBRUSH hBrush = 0;
-
-    if ( nCtlColor == CTLCOLOR_DLG )
-    {
-        hBrush = OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
-    }
-#if wxUSE_CONTROLS
-    else
-    {
-        wxControl *item = (wxControl *)FindItemByHWND(pWnd, TRUE);
-        if ( item )
-            hBrush = item->OnCtlColor(pDC, pWnd, nCtlColor, message, wParam, lParam);
-    }
-#endif // wxUSE_CONTROLS
+    // notify windows on the capture stack about lost capture
+    // (see http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1153662&group_id=9863&atid=109863):
+    wxWindowBase::NotifyCaptureLost();

 
 

-    if ( hBrush )
-        *brush = hBrush;
-
-    return hBrush != 0;
-#else
-    return FALSE;
-#endif
+    wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndGainedCapture);
+    wxMouseCaptureChangedEvent event(GetId(), win);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 }
 

-// Define for each class of dialog and control
-WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::OnCtlColor(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC),
-                                 WXHWND WXUNUSED(hWnd),
-                                 WXUINT WXUNUSED(nCtlColor),
-                                 WXUINT WXUNUSED(message),
-                                 WXWPARAM WXUNUSED(wParam),
-                                 WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam))
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSettingChange(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)

 {
 {

-    return (WXHBRUSH)0;
-}
+    // despite MSDN saying "(This message cannot be sent directly to a window.)"
+    // we need to send this to child windows (it is only sent to top-level
+    // windows) so {list,tree}ctrls can adjust their font size if necessary
+    // this is exactly how explorer does it to enable the font size changes

 
 

-bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaletteChanged(WXHWND hWndPalChange)
-{
-    wxPaletteChangedEvent event(GetId());
-    event.SetEventObject(this);
-    event.SetChangedWindow(wxFindWinFromHandle(hWndPalChange));
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while ( node )
+    {
+        // top-level windows already get this message from the system
+        wxWindow *win = node->GetData();
+        if ( !win->IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SETTINGCHANGE, wParam, lParam);
+        }

 
 

-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+        node = node->GetNext();
+    }
+
+    // let the system handle it
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette()
 {
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette()
 {

+
+#if wxUSE_PALETTE
+    // check to see if we our our parents have a custom palette
+    wxWindowMSW *win = this;
+    while (!win->HasCustomPalette() && win->GetParent()) win = win->GetParent();
+    if (win->HasCustomPalette()) {
+        /* realize the palette to see whether redrawing is needed */
+        HDC hdc = ::GetDC((HWND) GetHWND());
+        win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE)
+             ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), FALSE) );
+
+        int result = ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+        /* restore the palette (before releasing the DC) */
+        win->m_palette.SetHPALETTE( (WXHPALETTE)
+             ::SelectPalette(hdc, (HPALETTE) win->m_palette.GetHPALETTE(), TRUE) );
+        ::RealizePalette(hdc);
+        ::ReleaseDC((HWND) GetHWND(), hdc);
+        /* now check for the need to redraw */
+        if (result > 0)
+            ::InvalidateRect((HWND) GetHWND(), NULL, TRUE);
+        }
+#endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
+

     wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId());
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     wxQueryNewPaletteEvent event(GetId());
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 


@@ -3380,22 +4254,99 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleQueryNewPalette()
 }
 
 // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.
 }
 
 // Responds to colour changes: passes event on to children.

-void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
+void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& WXUNUSED(event))

 {
 {

-    wxNode *node = GetChildren().First();
+    // the top level window also reset the standard colour map as it might have
+    // changed (there is no need to do it for the non top level windows as we
+    // only have to do it once)
+    if ( IsTopLevel() )
+    {
+        // FIXME-MT
+        gs_hasStdCmap = false;
+    }
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();

     while ( node )
     {
     while ( node )
     {

-        // Only propagate to non-top-level windows
-        wxWindow *win = (wxWindow *)node->Data();
-        if ( win->GetParent() )
+        // Only propagate to non-top-level windows because Windows already
+        // sends this event to all top-level ones
+        wxWindow *win = node->GetData();
+        if ( !win->IsTopLevel() )
+        {
+            // we need to send the real WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE and not just trigger
+            // EVT_SYS_COLOUR_CHANGED call because the latter wouldn't work for
+            // the standard controls
+            ::SendMessage(GetHwndOf(win), WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0, 0);
+        }
+
+        node = node->GetNext();
+    }
+}
+
+extern wxCOLORMAP *wxGetStdColourMap()
+{
+    static COLORREF s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_MAX];
+    static wxCOLORMAP s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_MAX];
+
+    if ( !gs_hasStdCmap )
+    {
+        static bool s_coloursInit = false;
+
+        if ( !s_coloursInit )

         {
         {

-            wxSysColourChangedEvent event2;
-            event.m_eventObject = win;
-            win->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event2);
+            // When a bitmap is loaded, the RGB values can change (apparently
+            // because Windows adjusts them to care for the old programs always
+            // using 0xc0c0c0 while the transparent colour for the new Windows
+            // versions is different). But we do this adjustment ourselves so
+            // we want to avoid Windows' "help" and for this we need to have a
+            // reference bitmap which can tell us what the RGB values change
+            // to.
+            wxLogNull logNo; // suppress error if we couldn't load the bitmap
+            wxBitmap stdColourBitmap(_T("wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS"));
+            if ( stdColourBitmap.Ok() )
+            {
+                // the pixels in the bitmap must correspond to wxSTD_COL_XXX!
+                wxASSERT_MSG( stdColourBitmap.GetWidth() == wxSTD_COL_MAX,
+                              _T("forgot to update wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS!") );
+
+                wxMemoryDC memDC;
+                memDC.SelectObject(stdColourBitmap);
+
+                wxColour colour;
+                for ( size_t i = 0; i < WXSIZEOF(s_stdColours); i++ )
+                {
+                    memDC.GetPixel(i, 0, &colour);
+                    s_stdColours[i] = wxColourToRGB(colour);
+                }
+            }
+            else // wxBITMAP_STD_COLOURS couldn't be loaded
+            {
+                s_stdColours[0] = RGB(000,000,000);     // black
+                s_stdColours[1] = RGB(128,128,128);     // dark grey
+                s_stdColours[2] = RGB(192,192,192);     // light grey
+                s_stdColours[3] = RGB(255,255,255);     // white
+                //s_stdColours[4] = RGB(000,000,255);     // blue
+                //s_stdColours[5] = RGB(255,000,255);     // magenta
+            }
+
+            s_coloursInit = true;

         }
 
         }
 

-        node = node->Next();
+        gs_hasStdCmap = true;
+
+        // create the colour map
+#define INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(col) \
+            s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].from = s_stdColours[wxSTD_COL_##col]; \
+            s_cmap[wxSTD_COL_##col].to = ::GetSysColor(COLOR_##col)
+
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNTEXT);
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNSHADOW);
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNFACE);
+        INIT_CMAP_ENTRY(BTNHIGHLIGHT);
+
+#undef INIT_CMAP_ENTRY

     }
     }

+
+    return s_cmap;

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -3404,7 +4355,6 @@ void wxWindowMSW::OnSysColourChanged(wxSysColourChangedEvent& event)
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint()
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint()
 {

-#ifdef __WIN32__

     HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
     if ( !hRegion )
         wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn"));
     HRGN hRegion = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0); // Dummy call to get a handle
     if ( !hRegion )
         wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateRectRgn"));


@@ -3412,14 +4362,6 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePaint()
         wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn"));
 
     m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);
         wxLogLastError(wxT("GetUpdateRgn"));
 
     m_updateRegion = wxRegion((WXHRGN) hRegion);

-#else // Win16
-    RECT updateRect;
-    ::GetUpdateRect(GetHwnd(), &updateRect, FALSE);
-
-    m_updateRegion = wxRegion(updateRect.left, updateRect.top,
-                              updateRect.right - updateRect.left,
-                              updateRect.bottom - updateRect.top);
-#endif // Win32/16

 
     wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     wxPaintEvent event(m_windowId);
     event.SetEventObject(this);


@@ -3452,22 +4394,15 @@ void wxWindowMSW::OnPaint(wxPaintEvent& event)
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc)
 {

-    // Prevents flicker when dragging
-    if ( ::IsIconic(GetHwnd()) )
-        return TRUE;
-
-    wxDCTemp dc(hdc);
+    wxDCTemp dc(hdc, GetClientSize());

 
     dc.SetHDC(hdc);
     dc.SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);
 
     dc.SetHDC(hdc);
     dc.SetWindow((wxWindow *)this);

-    dc.BeginDrawing();

 
     wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
     bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
 
     wxEraseEvent event(m_windowId, &dc);
     event.SetEventObject(this);
     bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 

-    dc.EndDrawing();
-

     // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp
     dc.SelectOldObjects(hdc);
 
     // must be called manually as ~wxDC doesn't do anything for wxDCTemp
     dc.SelectOldObjects(hdc);
 


@@ -3476,23 +4411,124 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleEraseBkgnd(WXHDC hdc)
 
 void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
 {
 
 void wxWindowMSW::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent& event)
 {

-    RECT rect;
-    ::GetClientRect(GetHwnd(), &rect);
+    // standard non top level controls (i.e. except the dialogs) always erase
+    // their background themselves in HandleCtlColor() or have some control-
+    // specific ways to set the colours (common controls)
+    if ( IsOfStandardClass() && !IsTopLevel() )
+    {
+        event.Skip();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    if ( GetBackgroundStyle() == wxBG_STYLE_CUSTOM )
+    {
+        // don't skip the event here, custom background means that the app
+        // is drawing it itself in its OnPaint(), so don't draw it at all
+        // now to avoid flicker
+        return;
+    }
+
+
+    // do default background painting
+    if ( !DoEraseBackground(GetHdcOf(*event.GetDC())) )
+    {
+        // let the system paint the background
+        event.Skip();
+    }
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::DoEraseBackground(WXHDC hDC)
+{
+    HBRUSH hbr = (HBRUSH)MSWGetBgBrush(hDC);
+    if ( !hbr )
+        return false;
+
+    wxFillRect(GetHwnd(), (HDC)hDC, hbr);
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+WXHBRUSH
+wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrushForChild(WXHDC WXUNUSED(hDC), WXHWND hWnd)
+{
+    if ( m_hasBgCol )
+    {
+        // our background colour applies to:
+        //  1. this window itself, always
+        //  2. all children unless the colour is "not inheritable"
+        //  3. even if it is not inheritable, our immediate transparent
+        //     children should still inherit it -- but not any transparent
+        //     children because it would look wrong if a child of non
+        //     transparent child would show our bg colour when the child itself
+        //     does not
+        wxWindow *win = wxFindWinFromHandle(hWnd);
+        if ( win == this ||
+                m_inheritBgCol ||
+                    (win && win->HasTransparentBackground() &&
+                        win->GetParent() == this) )
+        {
+            // draw children with the same colour as the parent
+            wxBrush *
+                brush = wxTheBrushList->FindOrCreateBrush(GetBackgroundColour());
+
+            return (WXHBRUSH)GetHbrushOf(*brush);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+WXHBRUSH wxWindowMSW::MSWGetBgBrush(WXHDC hDC, WXHWND hWndToPaint)
+{
+    if ( !hWndToPaint )
+        hWndToPaint = GetHWND();
+
+    for ( wxWindowMSW *win = this; win; win = win->GetParent() )
+    {
+        WXHBRUSH hBrush = win->MSWGetBgBrushForChild(hDC, hWndToPaint);
+        if ( hBrush )
+            return hBrush;
+
+        // background is not inherited beyond top level windows
+        if ( win->IsTopLevel() )
+            break;
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandlePrintClient(WXHDC hDC)
+{
+    // we receive this message when DrawThemeParentBackground() is
+    // called from def window proc of several controls under XP and we
+    // must draw properly themed background here
+    //
+    // note that naively I'd expect filling the client rect with the
+    // brush returned by MSWGetBgBrush() work -- but for some reason it
+    // doesn't and we have to call parents MSWPrintChild() which is
+    // supposed to call DrawThemeBackground() with appropriate params
+    //
+    // also note that in this case lParam == PRF_CLIENT but we're
+    // clearly expected to paint the background and nothing else!

 
 

-    COLORREF ref = PALETTERGB(m_backgroundColour.Red(),
-                              m_backgroundColour.Green(),
-                              m_backgroundColour.Blue());
-    HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateSolidBrush(ref);
-    if ( !hBrush )
-        wxLogLastError(wxT("CreateSolidBrush"));
+    if ( IsTopLevel() || InheritsBackgroundColour() )
+        return false;

 
 

-    HDC hdc = (HDC)event.GetDC()->GetHDC();
+    // sometimes we don't want the parent to handle it at all, instead
+    // return whatever value this window wants
+    if ( !MSWShouldPropagatePrintChild() )
+        return MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this);

 
 

-    int mode = ::SetMapMode(hdc, MM_TEXT);
+    for ( wxWindow *win = GetParent(); win; win = win->GetParent() )
+    {
+        if ( win->MSWPrintChild(hDC, (wxWindow *)this) )
+            return true;
+
+        if ( win->IsTopLevel() || win->InheritsBackgroundColour() )
+            break;
+    }

 
 

-    ::FillRect(hdc, &rect, hBrush);
-    ::DeleteObject(hBrush);
-    ::SetMapMode(hdc, mode);
+    return false;

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -3517,51 +4553,169 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMaximize()
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y)
 {
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMove(int x, int y)
 {

-    wxMoveEvent event(wxPoint(x, y), m_windowId);
+    wxPoint point(x,y);
+    wxMoveEvent event(point, m_windowId);

     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 }
 

-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int w, int h, WXUINT WXUNUSED(flag))
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMoving(wxRect& rect)

 {
 {

-    wxSizeEvent event(wxSize(w, h), m_windowId);
+    wxMoveEvent event(rect, m_windowId);

     event.SetEventObject(this);
 
     event.SetEventObject(this);
 

-    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    if (rc)
+        rect = event.GetRect();
+    return rc;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSize(int WXUNUSED(w), int WXUNUSED(h), WXUINT wParam)
+{
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // when we resize this window, its children are probably going to be
+    // repositioned as well, prepare to use DeferWindowPos() for them
+    int numChildren = 0;
+    for ( HWND child = ::GetWindow(GetHwndOf(this), GW_CHILD);
+          child;
+          child = ::GetWindow(child, GW_HWNDNEXT) )
+    {
+        numChildren ++;
+    }
+
+    // Protect against valid m_hDWP being overwritten
+    bool useDefer = false;
+
+    if ( numChildren > 1 )
+    {
+        if (!m_hDWP)
+        {
+            m_hDWP = (WXHANDLE)::BeginDeferWindowPos(numChildren);
+            if ( !m_hDWP )
+            {
+                wxLogLastError(_T("BeginDeferWindowPos"));
+            }
+            if (m_hDWP)
+                useDefer = true;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+
+    // update this window size
+    bool processed = false;
+    switch ( wParam )
+    {
+        default:
+            wxFAIL_MSG( _T("unexpected WM_SIZE parameter") );
+            // fall through nevertheless
+
+        case SIZE_MAXHIDE:
+        case SIZE_MAXSHOW:
+            // we're not interested in these messages at all
+            break;
+
+        case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
+            processed = HandleMinimize();
+            break;
+
+        case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
+            /* processed = */ HandleMaximize();
+            // fall through to send a normal size event as well
+
+        case SIZE_RESTORED:
+            // don't use w and h parameters as they specify the client size
+            // while according to the docs EVT_SIZE handler is supposed to
+            // receive the total size
+            wxSizeEvent event(GetSize(), m_windowId);
+            event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+            processed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    }
+
+#if USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+    // and finally change the positions of all child windows at once
+    if ( useDefer && m_hDWP )
+    {
+        // reset m_hDWP to NULL so that child windows don't try to use our
+        // m_hDWP after we call EndDeferWindowPos() on it (this shouldn't
+        // happen anyhow normally but who knows what weird flow of control we
+        // may have depending on what the users EVT_SIZE handler does...)
+        HDWP hDWP = (HDWP)m_hDWP;
+        m_hDWP = NULL;
+
+        // do put all child controls in place at once
+        if ( !::EndDeferWindowPos(hDWP) )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("EndDeferWindowPos"));
+        }
+
+        // Reset our children's pending pos/size values.
+        for ( wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator node = GetChildren().GetFirst();
+              node;
+              node = node->GetNext() )
+        {
+            wxWindowMSW *child = node->GetData();
+            child->m_pendingPosition = wxDefaultPosition;
+            child->m_pendingSize = wxDefaultSize;
+        }
+    }
+#endif // USE_DEFERRED_SIZING
+
+    return processed;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSizing(wxRect& rect)
+{
+    wxSizeEvent event(rect, m_windowId);
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+
+    bool rc = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+    if (rc)
+        rect = event.GetRect();
+    return rc;

 }
 
 }
 

-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo)
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(mmInfo))

 {
 {

+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    return false;
+#else

     MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo;
 
     MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mmInfo;
 

-    bool rc = FALSE;
+    bool rc = false;
+
+    int minWidth = GetMinWidth(),
+        minHeight = GetMinHeight(),
+        maxWidth = GetMaxWidth(),
+        maxHeight = GetMaxHeight();

 
 

-    if ( m_minWidth != -1 )
+    if ( minWidth != wxDefaultCoord )

     {
     {

-        info->ptMinTrackSize.x = m_minWidth;
-        rc = TRUE;
+        info->ptMinTrackSize.x = minWidth;
+        rc = true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    if ( m_minHeight != -1 )
+    if ( minHeight != wxDefaultCoord )

     {
     {

-        info->ptMinTrackSize.y = m_minHeight;
-        rc = TRUE;
+        info->ptMinTrackSize.y = minHeight;
+        rc = true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    if ( m_maxWidth != -1 )
+    if ( maxWidth != wxDefaultCoord )

     {
     {

-        info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = m_maxWidth;
-        rc = TRUE;
+        info->ptMaxTrackSize.x = maxWidth;
+        rc = true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    if ( m_maxHeight != -1 )
+    if ( maxHeight != wxDefaultCoord )

     {
     {

-        info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = m_maxHeight;
-        rc = TRUE;
+        info->ptMaxTrackSize.y = maxHeight;
+        rc = true;

     }
 
     return rc;
     }
 
     return rc;

+#endif

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -3571,7 +4725,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleGetMinMaxInfo(void *mmInfo)
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
 {
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
 {
 #if wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE

-    if ( wxCurrentPopupMenu )
+    if ( !cmd && wxCurrentPopupMenu )

     {
         wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu;
         wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;
     {
         wxMenu *popupMenu = wxCurrentPopupMenu;
         wxCurrentPopupMenu = NULL;


@@ -3580,18 +4734,20 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MENUS_NATIVE
 

-    wxWindow *win = (wxWindow*) NULL;
-    if ( cmd == 0 || cmd == 1 ) // menu or accel - use id
+    wxWindow *win = NULL;
+
+    // first try to find it from HWND - this works even with the broken
+    // programs using the same ids for different controls
+    if ( control )

     {
     {

-        // must cast to a signed type before comparing with other ids!
-        win = FindItem((signed short)id);
+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);

     }
 
     }
 

-    if (!win && control)
+    // try the id
+    if ( !win )

     {
     {

-        // find it from HWND - this works even with the broken programs using
-        // the same ids for different controls
-        win = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
+        // must cast to a signed type before comparing with other ids!
+        win = FindItem((signed short)id);

     }
 
     if ( win )
     }
 
     if ( win )


@@ -3615,34 +4771,28 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleCommand(WXWORD id, WXWORD cmd, WXHWND control)
 
         return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
     }
 
         return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
     }

-#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)

     else
     {
     else
     {

+#if wxUSE_SPINCTRL && !defined(__WXUNIVERSAL__)

         // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND
         // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
         // wxSpinCtrl
         wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control);
         if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) )
         // the text ctrl which is logically part of wxSpinCtrl sends WM_COMMAND
         // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
         // wxSpinCtrl
         wxSpinCtrl *spin = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl(control);
         if ( spin && spin->ProcessTextCommand(cmd, id) )

-            return TRUE;
-    }
+            return true;

 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
 

-    return FALSE;
-}
-
-bool wxWindowMSW::HandleSysCommand(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM WXUNUSED(lParam))
-{
-    // 4 bits are reserved
-    switch ( wParam & 0xFFFFFFF0 )
-    {
-        case SC_MAXIMIZE:
-            return HandleMaximize();
-
-        case SC_MINIMIZE:
-            return HandleMinimize();
+#if wxUSE_CHOICE && defined(__SMARTPHONE__)
+        // the listbox ctrl which is logically part of wxChoice sends WM_COMMAND
+        // notifications to its parent which we want to reflect back to
+        // wxChoice
+        wxChoice *choice = wxChoice::GetChoiceForListBox(control);
+        if ( choice && choice->MSWCommand(cmd, id) )
+            return true;
+#endif

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -3663,22 +4813,91 @@ void wxWindowMSW::InitMouseEvent(wxMouseEvent& event,
     event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_leftDown = (flags & MK_LBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_middleDown = (flags & MK_MBUTTON) != 0;
     event.m_rightDown = (flags & MK_RBUTTON) != 0;

-    event.m_altDown = (::GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x80000000) != 0;
+    event.m_altDown = ::GetKeyState(VK_MENU) < 0;
+
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
+#endif

 
 

-    event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);
+    event.SetId(GetId());

 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK

-    m_lastMouseX = x;
-    m_lastMouseY = y;
-    m_lastMouseEvent = event.GetEventType();
+    gs_lastMouseEvent.pos = ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y));
+    gs_lastMouseEvent.type = event.GetEventType();

 #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 }
 

+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+// Windows doesn't send the mouse events to the static controls (which are
+// transparent in the sense that their WM_NCHITTEST handler returns
+// HTTRANSPARENT) at all but we want all controls to receive the mouse events
+// and so we manually check if we don't have a child window under mouse and if
+// we do, send the event to it instead of the window Windows had sent WM_XXX
+// to.
+//
+// Notice that this is not done for the mouse move events because this could
+// (would?) be too slow, but only for clicks which means that the static texts
+// still don't get move, enter nor leave events.
+static wxWindowMSW *FindWindowForMouseEvent(wxWindowMSW *win, int *x, int *y)
+{
+    wxCHECK_MSG( x && y, win, _T("NULL pointer in FindWindowForMouseEvent") );
+
+    // first try to find a non transparent child: this allows us to send events
+    // to a static text which is inside a static box, for example
+    POINT pt = { *x, *y };
+    HWND hwnd = GetHwndOf(win),
+         hwndUnderMouse;
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint
+                       (
+                        hwnd,
+                        pt
+                       );
+#else
+    hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPointEx
+                       (
+                        hwnd,
+                        pt,
+                        CWP_SKIPINVISIBLE   |
+                        CWP_SKIPDISABLED    |
+                        CWP_SKIPTRANSPARENT
+                       );
+#endif
+
+    if ( !hwndUnderMouse || hwndUnderMouse == hwnd )
+    {
+        // now try any child window at all
+        hwndUnderMouse = ::ChildWindowFromPoint(hwnd, pt);
+    }
+
+    // check that we have a child window which is susceptible to receive mouse
+    // events: for this it must be shown and enabled
+    if ( hwndUnderMouse &&
+            hwndUnderMouse != hwnd &&
+                ::IsWindowVisible(hwndUnderMouse) &&
+                    ::IsWindowEnabled(hwndUnderMouse) )
+    {
+        wxWindow *winUnderMouse = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwndUnderMouse);
+        if ( winUnderMouse )
+        {
+            // translate the mouse coords to the other window coords
+            win->ClientToScreen(x, y);
+            winUnderMouse->ScreenToClient(x, y);
+
+            win = winUnderMouse;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return win;
+}
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
+

 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 {
     // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 {
     // the mouse events take consecutive IDs from WM_MOUSEFIRST to

-    // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to substract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST
+    // WM_MOUSELAST, so it's enough to subtract WM_MOUSEMOVE == WM_MOUSEFIRST

     // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event
     // id
     static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] =
     // from the message id and take the value in the table to get wxWin event
     // id
     static const wxEventType eventsMouse[] =


@@ -3712,7 +4931,45 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
         if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() )
         {
             // Generate an ENTER event
         if ( !HasCapture() || IsMouseInWindow() )
         {
             // Generate an ENTER event

-            m_mouseInWindow = TRUE;
+            m_mouseInWindow = true;
+
+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+            typedef BOOL (WINAPI *_TrackMouseEvent_t)(LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT);
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+            static const _TrackMouseEvent_t
+                s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = _TrackMouseEvent;
+#else // !__WXWINCE__
+            static _TrackMouseEvent_t s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent;
+            static bool s_initDone = false;
+            if ( !s_initDone )
+            {
+                wxLogNull noLog;
+
+                wxDynamicLibrary dllComCtl32(_T("comctl32.dll"), wxDL_VERBATIM);
+                if ( dllComCtl32.IsLoaded() )
+                {
+                    s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent = (_TrackMouseEvent_t)
+                        dllComCtl32.GetSymbol(_T("_TrackMouseEvent"));
+                }
+
+                s_initDone = true;
+
+                // notice that it's ok to unload comctl32.dll here as it won't
+                // be really unloaded, being still in use because we link to it
+                // statically too
+            }
+
+            if ( s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent )
+#endif // __WXWINCE__/!__WXWINCE__
+            {
+                WinStruct<TRACKMOUSEEVENT> trackinfo;
+
+                trackinfo.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
+                trackinfo.hwndTrack = GetHwnd();
+
+                (*s_pfn_TrackMouseEvent)(&trackinfo);
+            }
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT

 
             wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
             InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);
 
             wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW);
             InitMouseEvent(event, x, y, flags);


@@ -3720,19 +4977,36 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
             (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
         }
     }
             (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
         }
     }

+#ifdef HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT
+    else // mouse not in window
+    {
+        // Check if we need to send a LEAVE event
+        // Windows doesn't send WM_MOUSELEAVE if the mouse has been captured so
+        // send it here if we are using native mouse leave tracking
+        if ( HasCapture() && !IsMouseInWindow() )
+        {
+            GenerateMouseLeave();
+        }
+    }
+#endif // HAVE_TRACKMOUSEEVENT

 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK

-    // Window gets a click down message followed by a mouse move message even
-    // if position isn't changed!  We want to discard the trailing move event
-    // if x and y are the same.
-    if ( (m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ||
-          m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
-          m_lastMouseEvent == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN) &&
-         (m_lastMouseX == x && m_lastMouseY == y) )
-    {
-        m_lastMouseEvent = wxEVT_MOTION;
+    // Windows often generates mouse events even if mouse position hasn't
+    // changed (http://article.gmane.org/gmane.comp.lib.wxwidgets.devel/66576)
+    //
+    // Filter this out as it can result in unexpected behaviour compared to
+    // other platforms
+    if ( gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_RIGHT_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_LEFT_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MIDDLE_DOWN ||
+         gs_lastMouseEvent.type == wxEVT_MOTION )
+    {
+        if ( ClientToScreen(wxPoint(x, y)) == gs_lastMouseEvent.pos )
+        {
+            gs_lastMouseEvent.type = wxEVT_MOTION;

 
 

-        return FALSE;
+            return false;
+        }

     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_MOUSEEVENT_HACK
 


@@ -3743,15 +5017,17 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseMove(int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 #if wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL

+    // notice that WM_MOUSEWHEEL position is in screen coords (as it's
+    // forwarded up to the parent by DefWindowProc()) and not in the client
+    // ones as all the other messages, translate them to the client coords for
+    // consistency
+    const wxPoint
+        pt = ScreenToClient(wxPoint(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)));

     wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL);
     wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_MOUSEWHEEL);

-    InitMouseEvent(event,
-                   GET_X_LPARAM(lParam),
-                   GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam),
-                   LOWORD(wParam));
+    InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, LOWORD(wParam));

     event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam);
     event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA;
 
     event.m_wheelRotation = (short)HIWORD(wParam);
     event.m_wheelDelta = WHEEL_DELTA;
 

-#ifdef __WIN32__

     static int s_linesPerRotation = -1;
     if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 )
     {
     static int s_linesPerRotation = -1;
     if ( s_linesPerRotation == -1 )
     {


@@ -3765,22 +5041,57 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
             s_linesPerRotation = 3;
         }
     }
             s_linesPerRotation = 3;
         }
     }

-#else // Win16
-    // no SystemParametersInfo() under Win16
-    static const int s_linesPerRotation = 3;
-#endif

 
     event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation;
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 
 
     event.m_linesPerAction = s_linesPerRotation;
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 

-#else
-    (void) wParam;
-    (void) lParam;
+#else // !wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL
+    wxUnusedVar(wParam);
+    wxUnusedVar(lParam);

 
 

-    return FALSE;
-#endif
+    return false;
+#endif // wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL/!wxUSE_MOUSEWHEEL

 }
 
 }
 

+void wxWindowMSW::GenerateMouseLeave()
+{
+    m_mouseInWindow = false;
+
+    int state = 0;
+    if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
+        state |= MK_SHIFT;
+    if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
+        state |= MK_CONTROL;
+
+    // Only the high-order bit should be tested
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_LBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_LBUTTON;
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_MBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_MBUTTON;
+    if ( GetKeyState( VK_RBUTTON ) & (1<<15) )
+        state |= MK_RBUTTON;
+
+    POINT pt;
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    if ( !::GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt) )
+#else
+    if ( !::GetCursorPos(&pt) )
+#endif
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("GetCursorPos"));
+    }
+
+    // we need to have client coordinates here for symmetry with
+    // wxEVT_ENTER_WINDOW
+    RECT rect = wxGetWindowRect(GetHwnd());
+    pt.x -= rect.left;
+    pt.y -= rect.top;
+
+    wxMouseEvent event(wxEVT_LEAVE_WINDOW);
+    InitMouseEvent(event, pt.x, pt.y, state);
+
+    (void)GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}

 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // keyboard handling
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // keyboard handling


@@ -3789,8 +5100,9 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleMouseWheel(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 // create the key event of the given type for the given key - used by
 // HandleChar and HandleKeyDown/Up
 wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,
 // create the key event of the given type for the given key - used by
 // HandleChar and HandleKeyDown/Up
 wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,

-                                    int id,
-                                    WXLPARAM lParam) const
+                                       int id,
+                                       WXLPARAM lParam,
+                                       WXWPARAM wParam) const

 {
     wxKeyEvent event(evType);
     event.SetId(GetId());
 {
     wxKeyEvent event(evType);
     event.SetId(GetId());


@@ -3798,13 +5110,24 @@ wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,
     event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
     event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN;
 
     event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
     event.m_altDown = (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN;
 

-    event.m_eventObject = (wxWindow *)this; // const_cast
+    event.SetEventObject((wxWindow *)this); // const_cast

     event.m_keyCode = id;
     event.m_keyCode = id;

-    event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
+#if wxUSE_UNICODE
+    event.m_uniChar = (wxChar) wParam;
+#endif
+    event.m_rawCode = (wxUint32) wParam;
+    event.m_rawFlags = (wxUint32) lParam;
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
+#endif

 
     // translate the position to client coords
     POINT pt;
 
     // translate the position to client coords
     POINT pt;

+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt);
+#else

     GetCursorPos(&pt);
     GetCursorPos(&pt);

+#endif

     RECT rect;
     GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect);
     pt.x -= rect.left;
     RECT rect;
     GetWindowRect(GetHwnd(),&rect);
     pt.x -= rect.left;


@@ -3816,64 +5139,50 @@ wxKeyEvent wxWindowMSW::CreateKeyEvent(wxEventType evType,
     return event;
 }
 
     return event;
 }
 

-// isASCII is TRUE only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from
+// isASCII is true only when we're called from WM_CHAR handler and not from

 // WM_KEYDOWN one
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
 {
 // WM_KEYDOWN one
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleChar(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam, bool isASCII)
 {

-    bool ctrlDown = FALSE;
-

     int id;
     if ( isASCII )
     {
     int id;
     if ( isASCII )
     {

-        // If 1 -> 26, translate to CTRL plus a letter.

         id = wParam;
         id = wParam;

-        if ( (id > 0) && (id < 27) )
-        {
-            switch (id)
-            {
-                case 13:
-                    id = WXK_RETURN;
-                    break;
-
-                case 8:
-                    id = WXK_BACK;
-                    break;
-
-                case 9:
-                    id = WXK_TAB;
-                    break;
-
-                default:
-                    ctrlDown = TRUE;
-                    id = id + 96;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    else if ( (id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam)) == 0 )
-    {
-        // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
-        // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = TRUE), don't process it now
-        id = -1;

     }
     }

-
-    if ( id != -1 )
+    else // we're called from WM_KEYDOWN

     {
     {

-        wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam));
-        if ( ctrlDown )
+        // don't pass lParam to wxCharCodeMSWToWX() here because we don't want
+        // to get numpad key codes: CHAR events should use the logical keys
+        // such as WXK_HOME instead of WXK_NUMPAD_HOME which is for KEY events
+        id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+        if ( id == 0 )

         {
         {

-            event.m_controlDown = TRUE;
+            // it's ASCII and will be processed here only when called from
+            // WM_CHAR (i.e. when isASCII = true), don't process it now
+            return false;

         }
         }

+    }

 
 

-        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-            return TRUE;
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_CHAR, id, lParam, wParam));
+
+    // the alphanumeric keys produced by pressing AltGr+something on European
+    // keyboards have both Ctrl and Alt modifiers which may confuse the user
+    // code as, normally, keys with Ctrl and/or Alt don't result in anything
+    // alphanumeric, so pretend that there are no modifiers at all (the
+    // KEY_DOWN event would still have the correct modifiers if they're really
+    // needed)
+    if ( event.m_controlDown && event.m_altDown &&
+            (id >= 32 && id < 256) )
+    {
+        event.m_controlDown =
+        event.m_altDown = false;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {

-    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);

 
     if ( !id )
     {
 
     if ( !id )
     {


@@ -3881,21 +5190,13 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyDown(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
         id = wParam;
     }
 
         id = wParam;
     }
 

-    if ( id != -1 ) // VZ: does this ever happen (FIXME)?
-    {
-        wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam));
-        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-        {
-            return TRUE;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return FALSE;
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_DOWN, id, lParam, wParam));
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);

 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {
 }
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
 {

-    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+    int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);

 
     if ( !id )
     {
 
     if ( !id )
     {


@@ -3903,14 +5204,90 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleKeyUp(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
         id = wParam;
     }
 
         id = wParam;
     }
 

-    if ( id != -1 ) // VZ: does this ever happen (FIXME)?
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam, wParam));
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
+
+int wxWindowMSW::HandleMenuChar(int WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(chAccel),
+                                WXLPARAM WXUNUSED_IN_WINCE(lParam))
+{
+    // FIXME: implement GetMenuItemCount for WinCE, possibly
+    // in terms of GetMenuItemInfo
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+    const HMENU hmenu = (HMENU)lParam;
+
+    MENUITEMINFO mii;
+    wxZeroMemory(mii);
+    mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO);
+
+    // we could use MIIM_FTYPE here as we only need to know if the item is
+    // ownerdrawn or not and not dwTypeData which MIIM_TYPE also returns, but
+    // MIIM_FTYPE is not supported under Win95
+    mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA;
+
+    // find if we have this letter in any owner drawn item
+    const int count = ::GetMenuItemCount(hmenu);
+    for ( int i = 0; i < count; i++ )

     {
     {

-        wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_KEY_UP, id, lParam));
-        if ( GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event) )
-            return TRUE;
+        // previous loop iteration could modify it, reset it back before
+        // calling GetMenuItemInfo() to prevent it from overflowing dwTypeData
+        mii.cch = 0;
+
+        if ( ::GetMenuItemInfo(hmenu, i, TRUE, &mii) )
+        {
+            if ( mii.fType == MFT_OWNERDRAW )
+            {
+                //  dwItemData member of the MENUITEMINFO is a
+                //  pointer to the associated wxMenuItem -- see the
+                //  menu creation code
+                wxMenuItem *item = (wxMenuItem*)mii.dwItemData;
+
+                const wxChar *p = wxStrchr(item->GetText(), _T('&'));
+                while ( p++ )
+                {
+                    if ( *p == _T('&') )
+                    {
+                        // this is not the accel char, find the real one
+                        p = wxStrchr(p + 1, _T('&'));
+                    }
+                    else // got the accel char
+                    {
+                        // FIXME-UNICODE: this comparison doesn't risk to work
+                        // for non ASCII accelerator characters I'm afraid, but
+                        // what can we do?
+                        if ( (wchar_t)wxToupper(*p) == (wchar_t)chAccel )
+                        {
+                            return i;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            // this one doesn't match
+                            break;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        else // failed to get the menu text?
+        {
+            // it's not fatal, so don't show error, but still log it
+            wxLogLastError(_T("GetMenuItemInfo"));
+        }

     }
     }

+#endif
+    return wxNOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleClipboardEvent( WXUINT nMsg )
+{
+    const wxEventType type = ( nMsg == WM_CUT ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_CUT :
+                             ( nMsg == WM_COPY ) ? wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_COPY :
+                           /*( nMsg == WM_PASTE ) ? */ wxEVT_COMMAND_TEXT_PASTE;
+    wxClipboardTextEvent evt(type, GetId());
+
+    evt.SetEventObject(this);

 
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt);

 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 }
 
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


@@ -3988,7 +5365,7 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
         default:
             wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event"));
 
         default:
             wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("no such joystick event"));
 

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

     }
 
     wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change);
     }
 
     wxJoystickEvent event(eventType, buttons, joystick, change);


@@ -3997,7 +5374,11 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 #else
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
 #else

-    return FALSE;
+    wxUnusedVar(msg);
+    wxUnusedVar(x);
+    wxUnusedVar(y);
+    wxUnusedVar(flags);
+    return false;

 #endif
 }
 
 #endif
 }
 


@@ -4006,9 +5387,9 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::HandleJoystickEvent(WXUINT msg, int x, int y, WXUINT flags)
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
 // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,

-                           WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)
+                              WXWORD pos, WXHWND control)

 {
 {

-    if ( control )
+    if ( control && control != m_hWnd ) // Prevent infinite recursion

     {
         wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
         if ( child )
     {
         wxWindow *child = wxFindWinFromHandle(control);
         if ( child )


@@ -4018,46 +5399,43 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
     wxScrollWinEvent event;
     event.SetPosition(pos);
     event.SetOrientation(orientation);
     wxScrollWinEvent event;
     event.SetPosition(pos);
     event.SetOrientation(orientation);

-    event.m_eventObject = this;
+    event.SetEventObject(this);

 
     switch ( wParam )
     {
     case SB_TOP:
 
     switch ( wParam )
     {
     case SB_TOP:

-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_TOP);

         break;
 
     case SB_BOTTOM:
         break;
 
     case SB_BOTTOM:

-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_BOTTOM);

         break;
 
     case SB_LINEUP:
         break;
 
     case SB_LINEUP:

-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEUP);

         break;
 
     case SB_LINEDOWN:
         break;
 
     case SB_LINEDOWN:

-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_LINEDOWN);

         break;
 
     case SB_PAGEUP:
         break;
 
     case SB_PAGEUP:

-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEUP);

         break;
 
     case SB_PAGEDOWN:
         break;
 
     case SB_PAGEDOWN:

-        event.m_eventType = wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN;
+        event.SetEventType(wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_PAGEDOWN);

         break;
 
     case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
     case SB_THUMBTRACK:
         break;
 
     case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
     case SB_THUMBTRACK:

-#ifdef __WIN32__

         // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers,
         // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must
         // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must
         // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one
         // carrying the scrollbar position)
         {
         // under Win32, the scrollbar range and position are 32 bit integers,
         // but WM_[HV]SCROLL only carry the low 16 bits of them, so we must
         // explicitly query the scrollbar for the correct position (this must
         // be done only for these two SB_ events as they are the only one
         // carrying the scrollbar position)
         {

-            SCROLLINFO scrollInfo;
-            wxZeroMemory(scrollInfo);
-            scrollInfo.cbSize = sizeof(SCROLLINFO);
+            WinStruct<SCROLLINFO> scrollInfo;

             scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS;
 
             if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(),
             scrollInfo.fMask = SIF_TRACKPOS;
 
             if ( !::GetScrollInfo(GetHwnd(),


@@ -4065,20 +5443,20 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
                                                               : SB_VERT,
                                   &scrollInfo) )
             {
                                                               : SB_VERT,
                                   &scrollInfo) )
             {

-                wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));
+                // Not necessarily an error, if there are no scrollbars yet.
+                // wxLogLastError(_T("GetScrollInfo"));

             }
 
             event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos);
         }
             }
 
             event.SetPosition(scrollInfo.nTrackPos);
         }

-#endif // Win32

 
 

-        event.m_eventType = wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION
+        event.SetEventType( wParam == SB_THUMBPOSITION

                                 ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE
                                 ? wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBRELEASE

-                                : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK;
+                                : wxEVT_SCROLLWIN_THUMBTRACK );

         break;
 
     default:
         break;
 
     default:

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
     }
 
     return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);


@@ -4088,22 +5466,20 @@ bool wxWindowMSW::MSWOnScroll(int orientation, WXWORD wParam,
 // global functions
 // ===========================================================================
 
 // global functions
 // ===========================================================================
 

-void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont *the_font)
+void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont& the_font)

 {
     TEXTMETRIC tm;
     HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd);
 {
     TEXTMETRIC tm;
     HDC dc = ::GetDC((HWND) wnd);

-    HFONT fnt =0;

     HFONT was = 0;
     HFONT was = 0;

-    if ( the_font )
-    {
-        //    the_font->UseResource();
-        //    the_font->RealizeResource();
-        fnt = (HFONT)((wxFont *)the_font)->GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
-        if ( fnt )
-            was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt);
-    }
+
+    //    the_font.UseResource();
+    //    the_font.RealizeResource();
+    HFONT fnt = (HFONT)the_font.GetResourceHandle(); // const_cast
+    if ( fnt )
+        was = (HFONT) SelectObject(dc,fnt);
+

     GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);
     GetTextMetrics(dc, &tm);

-    if ( the_font && fnt && was )
+    if ( fnt && was )

     {
         SelectObject(dc,was);
     }
     {
         SelectObject(dc,was);
     }


@@ -4114,170 +5490,316 @@ void wxGetCharSize(WXHWND wnd, int *x, int *y, const wxFont *the_font)
     if ( y )
         *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading;
 
     if ( y )
         *y = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmExternalLeading;
 

-    //  if ( the_font )
-    //    the_font->ReleaseResource();
+    //   the_font.ReleaseResource();
+}
+
+// use the "extended" bit (24) of lParam to distinguish extended keys
+// from normal keys as the same key is sent
+static inline
+int ChooseNormalOrExtended(int lParam, int keyNormal, int keyExtended)
+{
+    // except that if lParam is 0, it means we don't have real lParam from
+    // WM_KEYDOWN but are just translating just a VK constant (e.g. done from
+    // msw/treectrl.cpp when processing TVN_KEYDOWN) -- then assume this is a
+    // non-numpad (hence extended) key as this is a more common case
+    return !lParam || (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? keyExtended : keyNormal;

 }
 
 }
 

+// this array contains the Windows virtual key codes which map one to one to
+// WXK_xxx constants and is used in wxCharCodeMSWToWX/WXToMSW() below
+//
+// note that keys having a normal and numpad version (e.g. WXK_HOME and
+// WXK_NUMPAD_HOME) are not included in this table as the mapping is not 1-to-1
+static const struct wxKeyMapping
+{
+    int vk;
+    wxKeyCode wxk;
+} gs_specialKeys[] =
+{
+    { VK_CANCEL,        WXK_CANCEL },
+    { VK_BACK,          WXK_BACK },
+    { VK_TAB,           WXK_TAB },
+    { VK_CLEAR,         WXK_CLEAR },
+    { VK_SHIFT,         WXK_SHIFT },
+    { VK_CONTROL,       WXK_CONTROL },
+    { VK_MENU ,         WXK_ALT },
+    { VK_PAUSE,         WXK_PAUSE },
+    { VK_CAPITAL,       WXK_CAPITAL },
+    { VK_SPACE,         WXK_SPACE },
+    { VK_ESCAPE,        WXK_ESCAPE },
+    { VK_SELECT,        WXK_SELECT },
+    { VK_PRINT,         WXK_PRINT },
+    { VK_EXECUTE,       WXK_EXECUTE },
+    { VK_SNAPSHOT,      WXK_SNAPSHOT },
+    { VK_HELP,          WXK_HELP },
+
+    { VK_NUMPAD0,       WXK_NUMPAD0 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD1,       WXK_NUMPAD1 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD2,       WXK_NUMPAD2 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD3,       WXK_NUMPAD3 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD4,       WXK_NUMPAD4 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD5,       WXK_NUMPAD5 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD6,       WXK_NUMPAD6 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD7,       WXK_NUMPAD7 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD8,       WXK_NUMPAD8 },
+    { VK_NUMPAD9,       WXK_NUMPAD9 },
+    { VK_MULTIPLY,      WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY },
+    { VK_ADD,           WXK_NUMPAD_ADD },
+    { VK_SUBTRACT,      WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT },
+    { VK_DECIMAL,       WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL },
+    { VK_DIVIDE,        WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE },
+
+    { VK_F1,            WXK_F1 },
+    { VK_F2,            WXK_F2 },
+    { VK_F3,            WXK_F3 },
+    { VK_F4,            WXK_F4 },
+    { VK_F5,            WXK_F5 },
+    { VK_F6,            WXK_F6 },
+    { VK_F7,            WXK_F7 },
+    { VK_F8,            WXK_F8 },
+    { VK_F9,            WXK_F9 },
+    { VK_F10,           WXK_F10 },
+    { VK_F11,           WXK_F11 },
+    { VK_F12,           WXK_F12 },
+    { VK_F13,           WXK_F13 },
+    { VK_F14,           WXK_F14 },
+    { VK_F15,           WXK_F15 },
+    { VK_F16,           WXK_F16 },
+    { VK_F17,           WXK_F17 },
+    { VK_F18,           WXK_F18 },
+    { VK_F19,           WXK_F19 },
+    { VK_F20,           WXK_F20 },
+    { VK_F21,           WXK_F21 },
+    { VK_F22,           WXK_F22 },
+    { VK_F23,           WXK_F23 },
+    { VK_F24,           WXK_F24 },
+
+    { VK_NUMLOCK,       WXK_NUMLOCK },
+    { VK_SCROLL,        WXK_SCROLL },
+
+#ifdef VK_APPS
+    { VK_LWIN,          WXK_WINDOWS_LEFT },
+    { VK_RWIN,          WXK_WINDOWS_RIGHT },
+    { VK_APPS,          WXK_WINDOWS_MENU },
+#endif // VK_APPS defined
+};
+

 // Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
 // the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.
 // Returns 0 if was a normal ASCII value, not a special key. This indicates that
 // the key should be ignored by WM_KEYDOWN and processed by WM_CHAR instead.

-int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int keySym)
+int wxCharCodeMSWToWX(int vk, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    // check the table first
+    for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ )
+    {
+        if ( gs_specialKeys[n].vk == vk )
+            return gs_specialKeys[n].wxk;
+    }
+
+    // keys requiring special handling
+    int wxk;
+    switch ( vk )
+    {
+        // the mapping for these keys may be incorrect on non-US keyboards so
+        // maybe we shouldn't map them to ASCII values at all
+        case VK_OEM_1:      wxk = ';'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_PLUS:   wxk = '+'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_COMMA:  wxk = ','; break;
+        case VK_OEM_MINUS:  wxk = '-'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_PERIOD: wxk = '.'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_2:      wxk = '/'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_3:      wxk = '~'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_4:      wxk = '['; break;
+        case VK_OEM_5:      wxk = '\\'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_6:      wxk = ']'; break;
+        case VK_OEM_7:      wxk = '\''; break;
+
+        // handle extended keys
+        case VK_PRIOR:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP, WXK_PAGEUP);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_NEXT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN, WXK_PAGEDOWN);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_END:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_END, WXK_END);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_HOME:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_HOME, WXK_HOME);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_LEFT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT, WXK_LEFT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_UP:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_UP, WXK_UP);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_RIGHT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT, WXK_RIGHT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_DOWN:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN, WXK_DOWN);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_INSERT:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT, WXK_INSERT);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_DELETE:
+            wxk = ChooseNormalOrExtended(lParam, WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE, WXK_DELETE);
+            break;
+
+        case VK_RETURN:
+            // don't use ChooseNormalOrExtended() here as the keys are reversed
+            // here: numpad enter is the extended one
+            wxk = lParam && (lParam & (1 << 24)) ? WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER : WXK_RETURN;
+            break;
+
+        default:
+            wxk = 0;
+    }
+
+    return wxk;
+}
+
+WXWORD wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int wxk, bool *isVirtual)

 {
 {

-    int id;
-    switch (keySym)
-    {
-        case VK_CANCEL:     id = WXK_CANCEL; break;
-        case VK_BACK:       id = WXK_BACK; break;
-        case VK_TAB:        id = WXK_TAB; break;
-        case VK_CLEAR:      id = WXK_CLEAR; break;
-        case VK_RETURN:     id = WXK_RETURN; break;
-        case VK_SHIFT:      id = WXK_SHIFT; break;
-        case VK_CONTROL:    id = WXK_CONTROL; break;
-        case VK_MENU :      id = WXK_MENU; break;
-        case VK_PAUSE:      id = WXK_PAUSE; break;
-        case VK_SPACE:      id = WXK_SPACE; break;
-        case VK_ESCAPE:     id = WXK_ESCAPE; break;
-        case VK_PRIOR:      id = WXK_PRIOR; break;
-        case VK_NEXT :      id = WXK_NEXT; break;
-        case VK_END:        id = WXK_END; break;
-        case VK_HOME :      id = WXK_HOME; break;
-        case VK_LEFT :      id = WXK_LEFT; break;
-        case VK_UP:         id = WXK_UP; break;
-        case VK_RIGHT:      id = WXK_RIGHT; break;
-        case VK_DOWN :      id = WXK_DOWN; break;
-        case VK_SELECT:     id = WXK_SELECT; break;
-        case VK_PRINT:      id = WXK_PRINT; break;
-        case VK_EXECUTE:    id = WXK_EXECUTE; break;
-        case VK_INSERT:     id = WXK_INSERT; break;
-        case VK_DELETE:     id = WXK_DELETE; break;
-        case VK_HELP :      id = WXK_HELP; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD0:    id = WXK_NUMPAD0; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD1:    id = WXK_NUMPAD1; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD2:    id = WXK_NUMPAD2; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD3:    id = WXK_NUMPAD3; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD4:    id = WXK_NUMPAD4; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD5:    id = WXK_NUMPAD5; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD6:    id = WXK_NUMPAD6; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD7:    id = WXK_NUMPAD7; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD8:    id = WXK_NUMPAD8; break;
-        case VK_NUMPAD9:    id = WXK_NUMPAD9; break;
-        case VK_MULTIPLY:   id = WXK_MULTIPLY; break;
-        case 0xBB: // VK_OEM_PLUS
-        case VK_ADD:        id = WXK_ADD; break;
-        case 0xBD: // VK_OEM_MINUS
-        case VK_SUBTRACT:   id = WXK_SUBTRACT; break;
-        case 0xBE: // VK_OEM_PERIOD
-        case VK_DECIMAL:    id = WXK_DECIMAL; break;
-        case VK_DIVIDE:     id = WXK_DIVIDE; break;
-        case VK_F1:         id = WXK_F1; break;
-        case VK_F2:         id = WXK_F2; break;
-        case VK_F3:         id = WXK_F3; break;
-        case VK_F4:         id = WXK_F4; break;
-        case VK_F5:         id = WXK_F5; break;
-        case VK_F6:         id = WXK_F6; break;
-        case VK_F7:         id = WXK_F7; break;
-        case VK_F8:         id = WXK_F8; break;
-        case VK_F9:         id = WXK_F9; break;
-        case VK_F10:        id = WXK_F10; break;
-        case VK_F11:        id = WXK_F11; break;
-        case VK_F12:        id = WXK_F12; break;
-        case VK_F13:        id = WXK_F13; break;
-        case VK_F14:        id = WXK_F14; break;
-        case VK_F15:        id = WXK_F15; break;
-        case VK_F16:        id = WXK_F16; break;
-        case VK_F17:        id = WXK_F17; break;
-        case VK_F18:        id = WXK_F18; break;
-        case VK_F19:        id = WXK_F19; break;
-        case VK_F20:        id = WXK_F20; break;
-        case VK_F21:        id = WXK_F21; break;
-        case VK_F22:        id = WXK_F22; break;
-        case VK_F23:        id = WXK_F23; break;
-        case VK_F24:        id = WXK_F24; break;
-        case VK_NUMLOCK:    id = WXK_NUMLOCK; break;
-        case VK_SCROLL:     id = WXK_SCROLL; break;
+    if ( isVirtual )
+        *isVirtual = true;
+
+    // check the table first
+    for ( size_t n = 0; n < WXSIZEOF(gs_specialKeys); n++ )
+    {
+        if ( gs_specialKeys[n].wxk == wxk )
+            return gs_specialKeys[n].vk;
+    }
+
+    // and then check for special keys not included in the table
+    WXWORD vk;
+    switch ( wxk )
+    {
+        case WXK_PAGEUP:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEUP:
+            vk = VK_PRIOR;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_PAGEDOWN:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_PAGEDOWN:
+            vk = VK_NEXT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_END:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_END:
+            vk = VK_END;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_HOME:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_HOME:
+            vk = VK_HOME;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_LEFT:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_LEFT:
+            vk = VK_LEFT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_UP:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_UP:
+            vk = VK_UP;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_RIGHT:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_RIGHT:
+            vk = VK_RIGHT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_DOWN:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_DOWN:
+            vk = VK_DOWN;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_INSERT:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_INSERT:
+            vk = VK_INSERT;
+            break;
+
+        case WXK_DELETE:
+        case WXK_NUMPAD_DELETE:
+            vk = VK_DELETE;
+            break;
+

         default:
         default:

-            id = 0;
-    }
-
-    return id;
-}
-
-int wxCharCodeWXToMSW(int id, bool *isVirtual)
-{
-    *isVirtual = TRUE;
-    int keySym = 0;
-    switch (id)
-    {
-    case WXK_CANCEL:    keySym = VK_CANCEL; break;
-    case WXK_CLEAR:     keySym = VK_CLEAR; break;
-    case WXK_SHIFT:     keySym = VK_SHIFT; break;
-    case WXK_CONTROL:   keySym = VK_CONTROL; break;
-    case WXK_MENU :     keySym = VK_MENU; break;
-    case WXK_PAUSE:     keySym = VK_PAUSE; break;
-    case WXK_PRIOR:     keySym = VK_PRIOR; break;
-    case WXK_NEXT :     keySym = VK_NEXT; break;
-    case WXK_END:       keySym = VK_END; break;
-    case WXK_HOME :     keySym = VK_HOME; break;
-    case WXK_LEFT :     keySym = VK_LEFT; break;
-    case WXK_UP:        keySym = VK_UP; break;
-    case WXK_RIGHT:     keySym = VK_RIGHT; break;
-    case WXK_DOWN :     keySym = VK_DOWN; break;
-    case WXK_SELECT:    keySym = VK_SELECT; break;
-    case WXK_PRINT:     keySym = VK_PRINT; break;
-    case WXK_EXECUTE:   keySym = VK_EXECUTE; break;
-    case WXK_INSERT:    keySym = VK_INSERT; break;
-    case WXK_DELETE:    keySym = VK_DELETE; break;
-    case WXK_HELP :     keySym = VK_HELP; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD0:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD0; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD1:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD1; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD2:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD2; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD3:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD3; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD4:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD4; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD5:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD5; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD6:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD6; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD7:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD7; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD8:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD8; break;
-    case WXK_NUMPAD9:   keySym = VK_NUMPAD9; break;
-    case WXK_MULTIPLY:  keySym = VK_MULTIPLY; break;
-    case WXK_ADD:       keySym = VK_ADD; break;
-    case WXK_SUBTRACT:  keySym = VK_SUBTRACT; break;
-    case WXK_DECIMAL:   keySym = VK_DECIMAL; break;
-    case WXK_DIVIDE:    keySym = VK_DIVIDE; break;
-    case WXK_F1:        keySym = VK_F1; break;
-    case WXK_F2:        keySym = VK_F2; break;
-    case WXK_F3:        keySym = VK_F3; break;
-    case WXK_F4:        keySym = VK_F4; break;
-    case WXK_F5:        keySym = VK_F5; break;
-    case WXK_F6:        keySym = VK_F6; break;
-    case WXK_F7:        keySym = VK_F7; break;
-    case WXK_F8:        keySym = VK_F8; break;
-    case WXK_F9:        keySym = VK_F9; break;
-    case WXK_F10:       keySym = VK_F10; break;
-    case WXK_F11:       keySym = VK_F11; break;
-    case WXK_F12:       keySym = VK_F12; break;
-    case WXK_F13:       keySym = VK_F13; break;
-    case WXK_F14:       keySym = VK_F14; break;
-    case WXK_F15:       keySym = VK_F15; break;
-    case WXK_F16:       keySym = VK_F16; break;
-    case WXK_F17:       keySym = VK_F17; break;
-    case WXK_F18:       keySym = VK_F18; break;
-    case WXK_F19:       keySym = VK_F19; break;
-    case WXK_F20:       keySym = VK_F20; break;
-    case WXK_F21:       keySym = VK_F21; break;
-    case WXK_F22:       keySym = VK_F22; break;
-    case WXK_F23:       keySym = VK_F23; break;
-    case WXK_F24:       keySym = VK_F24; break;
-    case WXK_NUMLOCK:   keySym = VK_NUMLOCK; break;
-    case WXK_SCROLL:    keySym = VK_SCROLL; break;
-    default:
-        {
-            *isVirtual = FALSE;
-            keySym = id;
+            if ( isVirtual )
+                *isVirtual = false;
+            vk = (WXWORD)wxk;

             break;
             break;

-        }

     }
     }

-    return keySym;
+
+    return vk;
+}
+
+// small helper for wxGetKeyState() and wxGetMouseState()
+static inline bool wxIsKeyDown(WXWORD vk)
+{
+    // the low order bit indicates whether the key was pressed since the last
+    // call and the high order one indicates whether it is down right now and
+    // we only want that one
+    return (::GetAsyncKeyState(vk) & (1<<15)) != 0;
+}
+
+bool wxGetKeyState(wxKeyCode key)
+{
+    // although this does work under Windows, it is not supported under other
+    // platforms so don't allow it, you must use wxGetMouseState() instead
+    wxASSERT_MSG( key != VK_LBUTTON &&
+                    key != VK_RBUTTON &&
+                        key != VK_MBUTTON,
+                    wxT("can't use wxGetKeyState() for mouse buttons") );
+
+    const WXWORD vk = wxCharCodeWXToMSW(key);
+
+    // if the requested key is a LED key, return true if the led is pressed
+    if ( key == WXK_NUMLOCK || key == WXK_CAPITAL || key == WXK_SCROLL )
+    {
+        // low order bit means LED is highlighted and high order one means the
+        // key is down; for compatibility with the other ports return true if
+        // either one is set
+        return ::GetKeyState(vk) != 0;
+
+    }
+    else // normal key
+    {
+        return wxIsKeyDown(vk);
+    }
+}
+
+
+wxMouseState wxGetMouseState()
+{
+    wxMouseState ms;
+    POINT pt;
+    GetCursorPos( &pt );
+
+    ms.SetX(pt.x);
+    ms.SetY(pt.y);
+    ms.SetLeftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_LBUTTON));
+    ms.SetMiddleDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MBUTTON));
+    ms.SetRightDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_RBUTTON));
+
+    ms.SetControlDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_CONTROL));
+    ms.SetShiftDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_SHIFT));
+    ms.SetAltDown(wxIsKeyDown(VK_MENU));
+//    ms.SetMetaDown();
+
+    return ms;

 }
 
 }
 

+

 wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();
 wxWindow *wxGetActiveWindow()
 {
     HWND hWnd = GetActiveWindow();


@@ -4301,16 +5823,13 @@ extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
         win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
         if ( !win )
         {
         win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
         if ( !win )
         {

-            // all these hacks only work under Win32 anyhow
-#ifdef __WIN32__
-

 #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
             // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any
             // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to
             // do it as well, win would be already non NULL
             if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON )
             {
 #if wxUSE_RADIOBOX
             // native radiobuttons return DLGC_RADIOBUTTON here and for any
             // wxWindow class which overrides WM_GETDLGCODE processing to
             // do it as well, win would be already non NULL
             if ( ::SendMessage(hwnd, WM_GETDLGCODE, 0, 0) & DLGC_RADIOBUTTON )
             {

-                win = (wxWindow *)::GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA);
+                win = (wxWindow *)wxGetWindowUserData(hwnd);

             }
             //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox
 #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX
             }
             //else: it's a wxRadioButton, not a radiobutton from wxRadioBox
 #endif // wxUSE_RADIOBOX


@@ -4323,27 +5842,35 @@ extern wxWindow *wxGetWindowFromHWND(WXHWND hWnd)
                 win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd);
             }
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL
                 win = wxSpinCtrl::GetSpinForTextCtrl((WXHWND)hwnd);
             }
 #endif // wxUSE_SPINCTRL

-
-#endif // Win32
-
-            if ( !win )
-            {
-                // hwnd is not a wxWindow, try its parent next below
-                hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd);
-            }

         }
     }
 
     while ( hwnd && !win )
     {
         }
     }
 
     while ( hwnd && !win )
     {

-        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);
+        // this is a really ugly hack needed to avoid mistakenly returning the
+        // parent frame wxWindow for the find/replace modeless dialog HWND -
+        // this, in turn, is needed to call IsDialogMessage() from
+        // wxApp::ProcessMessage() as for this we must return NULL from here
+        //
+        // FIXME: this is clearly not the best way to do it but I think we'll
+        //        need to change HWND <-> wxWindow code more heavily than I can
+        //        do it now to fix it
+#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+        if ( ::GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER) )
+        {
+            // it's a dialog box, don't go upwards
+            break;
+        }
+#endif
+

         hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd);
         hwnd = ::GetParent(hwnd);

+        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND)hwnd);

     }
 
     return win;
 }
 
     }
 
     return win;
 }
 

-#ifndef __WXMICROWIN__
+#if !defined(__WXMICROWIN__) && !defined(__WXWINCE__)

 
 // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
 // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.
 
 // Windows keyboard hook. Allows interception of e.g. F1, ESCAPE
 // in active frames and dialogs, regardless of where the focus is.


@@ -4359,23 +5886,13 @@ void wxSetKeyboardHook(bool doIt)
         wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
         wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
 
         wxTheKeyboardHookProc = MakeProcInstance((FARPROC) wxKeyboardHook, wxGetInstance());
         wxTheKeyboardHook = SetWindowsHookEx(WH_KEYBOARD, (HOOKPROC) wxTheKeyboardHookProc, wxGetInstance(),
 

-#if defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__TWIN32__)

             GetCurrentThreadId()
         //      (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?
             GetCurrentThreadId()
         //      (DWORD)GetCurrentProcess()); // This is another possibility. Which is right?

-#else
-            GetCurrentTask()
-#endif

             );
     }
     else
     {
         UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);
             );
     }
     else
     {
         UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook);

-
-        // avoids warning about statement with no effect (FreeProcInstance
-        // doesn't do anything under Win32)
-#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__WIN32__) && !defined(__NT__) && !defined(__GNUWIN32__)
-        FreeProcInstance(wxTheKeyboardHookProc);
-#endif

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -4385,19 +5902,20 @@ wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
     DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
     if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) )
     {
     DWORD hiWord = HIWORD(lParam);
     if ( nCode != HC_NOREMOVE && ((hiWord & KF_UP) == 0) )
     {

-        int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam);
+        int id = wxCharCodeMSWToWX(wParam, lParam);

         if ( id != 0 )
         {
             wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
             if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )
         if ( id != 0 )
         {
             wxKeyEvent event(wxEVT_CHAR_HOOK);
             if ( (HIWORD(lParam) & KF_ALTDOWN) == KF_ALTDOWN )

-                event.m_altDown = TRUE;
+                event.m_altDown = true;

 
 

-            event.m_eventObject = NULL;
+            event.SetEventObject(NULL);

             event.m_keyCode = id;
             event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
             event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();
             event.m_keyCode = id;
             event.m_shiftDown = wxIsShiftDown();
             event.m_controlDown = wxIsCtrlDown();

-            event.SetTimestamp(s_currentMsg.time);
-
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+            event.SetTimestamp(::GetMessageTime());
+#endif

             wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
             wxEvtHandler *handler;
             if ( win )
             wxWindow *win = wxGetActiveWindow();
             wxEvtHandler *handler;
             if ( win )


@@ -4408,7 +5926,7 @@ wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
             else
             {
                 handler = wxTheApp;
             else
             {
                 handler = wxTheApp;

-                event.SetId(-1);
+                event.SetId(wxID_ANY);

             }
 
             if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) )
             }
 
             if ( handler && handler->ProcessEvent(event) )


@@ -4421,448 +5939,421 @@ wxKeyboardHook(int nCode, WORD wParam, DWORD lParam)
 
     return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
 }
 
     return (int)CallNextHookEx(wxTheKeyboardHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
 }

-#endif
+
+#endif // !__WXMICROWIN__

 
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
 
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__

-const char *wxGetMessageName(int message)
+const wxChar *wxGetMessageName(int message)

 {
     switch ( message )
     {
 {
     switch ( message )
     {

-        case 0x0000: return "WM_NULL";
-        case 0x0001: return "WM_CREATE";
-        case 0x0002: return "WM_DESTROY";
-        case 0x0003: return "WM_MOVE";
-        case 0x0005: return "WM_SIZE";
-        case 0x0006: return "WM_ACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0007: return "WM_SETFOCUS";
-        case 0x0008: return "WM_KILLFOCUS";
-        case 0x000A: return "WM_ENABLE";
-        case 0x000B: return "WM_SETREDRAW";
-        case 0x000C: return "WM_SETTEXT";
-        case 0x000D: return "WM_GETTEXT";
-        case 0x000E: return "WM_GETTEXTLENGTH";
-        case 0x000F: return "WM_PAINT";
-        case 0x0010: return "WM_CLOSE";
-        case 0x0011: return "WM_QUERYENDSESSION";
-        case 0x0012: return "WM_QUIT";
-        case 0x0013: return "WM_QUERYOPEN";
-        case 0x0014: return "WM_ERASEBKGND";
-        case 0x0015: return "WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE";
-        case 0x0016: return "WM_ENDSESSION";
-        case 0x0017: return "WM_SYSTEMERROR";
-        case 0x0018: return "WM_SHOWWINDOW";
-        case 0x0019: return "WM_CTLCOLOR";
-        case 0x001A: return "WM_WININICHANGE";
-        case 0x001B: return "WM_DEVMODECHANGE";
-        case 0x001C: return "WM_ACTIVATEAPP";
-        case 0x001D: return "WM_FONTCHANGE";
-        case 0x001E: return "WM_TIMECHANGE";
-        case 0x001F: return "WM_CANCELMODE";
-        case 0x0020: return "WM_SETCURSOR";
-        case 0x0021: return "WM_MOUSEACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0022: return "WM_CHILDACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0023: return "WM_QUEUESYNC";
-        case 0x0024: return "WM_GETMINMAXINFO";
-        case 0x0026: return "WM_PAINTICON";
-        case 0x0027: return "WM_ICONERASEBKGND";
-        case 0x0028: return "WM_NEXTDLGCTL";
-        case 0x002A: return "WM_SPOOLERSTATUS";
-        case 0x002B: return "WM_DRAWITEM";
-        case 0x002C: return "WM_MEASUREITEM";
-        case 0x002D: return "WM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x002E: return "WM_VKEYTOITEM";
-        case 0x002F: return "WM_CHARTOITEM";
-        case 0x0030: return "WM_SETFONT";
-        case 0x0031: return "WM_GETFONT";
-        case 0x0037: return "WM_QUERYDRAGICON";
-        case 0x0039: return "WM_COMPAREITEM";
-        case 0x0041: return "WM_COMPACTING";
-        case 0x0044: return "WM_COMMNOTIFY";
-        case 0x0046: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING";
-        case 0x0047: return "WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED";
-        case 0x0048: return "WM_POWER";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-        case 0x004A: return "WM_COPYDATA";
-        case 0x004B: return "WM_CANCELJOURNAL";
-        case 0x004E: return "WM_NOTIFY";
-        case 0x0050: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST";
-        case 0x0051: return "WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE";
-        case 0x0052: return "WM_TCARD";
-        case 0x0053: return "WM_HELP";
-        case 0x0054: return "WM_USERCHANGED";
-        case 0x0055: return "WM_NOTIFYFORMAT";
-        case 0x007B: return "WM_CONTEXTMENU";
-        case 0x007C: return "WM_STYLECHANGING";
-        case 0x007D: return "WM_STYLECHANGED";
-        case 0x007E: return "WM_DISPLAYCHANGE";
-        case 0x007F: return "WM_GETICON";
-        case 0x0080: return "WM_SETICON";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-        case 0x0081: return "WM_NCCREATE";
-        case 0x0082: return "WM_NCDESTROY";
-        case 0x0083: return "WM_NCCALCSIZE";
-        case 0x0084: return "WM_NCHITTEST";
-        case 0x0085: return "WM_NCPAINT";
-        case 0x0086: return "WM_NCACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0087: return "WM_GETDLGCODE";
-        case 0x00A0: return "WM_NCMOUSEMOVE";
-        case 0x00A1: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x00A2: return "WM_NCLBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x00A3: return "WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x00A4: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x00A5: return "WM_NCRBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x00A6: return "WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x00A7: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x00A8: return "WM_NCMBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x00A9: return "WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x0100: return "WM_KEYDOWN";
-        case 0x0101: return "WM_KEYUP";
-        case 0x0102: return "WM_CHAR";
-        case 0x0103: return "WM_DEADCHAR";
-        case 0x0104: return "WM_SYSKEYDOWN";
-        case 0x0105: return "WM_SYSKEYUP";
-        case 0x0106: return "WM_SYSCHAR";
-        case 0x0107: return "WM_SYSDEADCHAR";
-        case 0x0108: return "WM_KEYLAST";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-        case 0x010D: return "WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION";
-        case 0x010E: return "WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION";
-        case 0x010F: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITION";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-        case 0x0110: return "WM_INITDIALOG";
-        case 0x0111: return "WM_COMMAND";
-        case 0x0112: return "WM_SYSCOMMAND";
-        case 0x0113: return "WM_TIMER";
-        case 0x0114: return "WM_HSCROLL";
-        case 0x0115: return "WM_VSCROLL";
-        case 0x0116: return "WM_INITMENU";
-        case 0x0117: return "WM_INITMENUPOPUP";
-        case 0x011F: return "WM_MENUSELECT";
-        case 0x0120: return "WM_MENUCHAR";
-        case 0x0121: return "WM_ENTERIDLE";
-        case 0x0200: return "WM_MOUSEMOVE";
-        case 0x0201: return "WM_LBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x0202: return "WM_LBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x0203: return "WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x0204: return "WM_RBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x0205: return "WM_RBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x0206: return "WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x0207: return "WM_MBUTTONDOWN";
-        case 0x0208: return "WM_MBUTTONUP";
-        case 0x0209: return "WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK";
-        case 0x020A: return "WM_MOUSEWHEEL";
-        case 0x0210: return "WM_PARENTNOTIFY";
-        case 0x0211: return "WM_ENTERMENULOOP";
-        case 0x0212: return "WM_EXITMENULOOP";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-        case 0x0213: return "WM_NEXTMENU";
-        case 0x0214: return "WM_SIZING";
-        case 0x0215: return "WM_CAPTURECHANGED";
-        case 0x0216: return "WM_MOVING";
-        case 0x0218: return "WM_POWERBROADCAST";
-        case 0x0219: return "WM_DEVICECHANGE";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-        case 0x0220: return "WM_MDICREATE";
-        case 0x0221: return "WM_MDIDESTROY";
-        case 0x0222: return "WM_MDIACTIVATE";
-        case 0x0223: return "WM_MDIRESTORE";
-        case 0x0224: return "WM_MDINEXT";
-        case 0x0225: return "WM_MDIMAXIMIZE";
-        case 0x0226: return "WM_MDITILE";
-        case 0x0227: return "WM_MDICASCADE";
-        case 0x0228: return "WM_MDIICONARRANGE";
-        case 0x0229: return "WM_MDIGETACTIVE";
-        case 0x0230: return "WM_MDISETMENU";
-        case 0x0233: return "WM_DROPFILES";
-
-#ifdef  __WIN32__
-        case 0x0281: return "WM_IME_SETCONTEXT";
-        case 0x0282: return "WM_IME_NOTIFY";
-        case 0x0283: return "WM_IME_CONTROL";
-        case 0x0284: return "WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL";
-        case 0x0285: return "WM_IME_SELECT";
-        case 0x0286: return "WM_IME_CHAR";
-        case 0x0290: return "WM_IME_KEYDOWN";
-        case 0x0291: return "WM_IME_KEYUP";
-#endif  //WIN32
-
-        case 0x0300: return "WM_CUT";
-        case 0x0301: return "WM_COPY";
-        case 0x0302: return "WM_PASTE";
-        case 0x0303: return "WM_CLEAR";
-        case 0x0304: return "WM_UNDO";
-        case 0x0305: return "WM_RENDERFORMAT";
-        case 0x0306: return "WM_RENDERALLFORMATS";
-        case 0x0307: return "WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x0308: return "WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x0309: return "WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030A: return "WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030B: return "WM_SIZECLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030C: return "WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME";
-        case 0x030D: return "WM_CHANGECBCHAIN";
-        case 0x030E: return "WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD";
-        case 0x030F: return "WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE";
-        case 0x0310: return "WM_PALETTEISCHANGING";
-        case 0x0311: return "WM_PALETTECHANGED";
+        case 0x0000: return wxT("WM_NULL");
+        case 0x0001: return wxT("WM_CREATE");
+        case 0x0002: return wxT("WM_DESTROY");
+        case 0x0003: return wxT("WM_MOVE");
+        case 0x0005: return wxT("WM_SIZE");
+        case 0x0006: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0007: return wxT("WM_SETFOCUS");
+        case 0x0008: return wxT("WM_KILLFOCUS");
+        case 0x000A: return wxT("WM_ENABLE");
+        case 0x000B: return wxT("WM_SETREDRAW");
+        case 0x000C: return wxT("WM_SETTEXT");
+        case 0x000D: return wxT("WM_GETTEXT");
+        case 0x000E: return wxT("WM_GETTEXTLENGTH");
+        case 0x000F: return wxT("WM_PAINT");
+        case 0x0010: return wxT("WM_CLOSE");
+        case 0x0011: return wxT("WM_QUERYENDSESSION");
+        case 0x0012: return wxT("WM_QUIT");
+        case 0x0013: return wxT("WM_QUERYOPEN");
+        case 0x0014: return wxT("WM_ERASEBKGND");
+        case 0x0015: return wxT("WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE");
+        case 0x0016: return wxT("WM_ENDSESSION");
+        case 0x0017: return wxT("WM_SYSTEMERROR");
+        case 0x0018: return wxT("WM_SHOWWINDOW");
+        case 0x0019: return wxT("WM_CTLCOLOR");
+        case 0x001A: return wxT("WM_WININICHANGE");
+        case 0x001B: return wxT("WM_DEVMODECHANGE");
+        case 0x001C: return wxT("WM_ACTIVATEAPP");
+        case 0x001D: return wxT("WM_FONTCHANGE");
+        case 0x001E: return wxT("WM_TIMECHANGE");
+        case 0x001F: return wxT("WM_CANCELMODE");
+        case 0x0020: return wxT("WM_SETCURSOR");
+        case 0x0021: return wxT("WM_MOUSEACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0022: return wxT("WM_CHILDACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0023: return wxT("WM_QUEUESYNC");
+        case 0x0024: return wxT("WM_GETMINMAXINFO");
+        case 0x0026: return wxT("WM_PAINTICON");
+        case 0x0027: return wxT("WM_ICONERASEBKGND");
+        case 0x0028: return wxT("WM_NEXTDLGCTL");
+        case 0x002A: return wxT("WM_SPOOLERSTATUS");
+        case 0x002B: return wxT("WM_DRAWITEM");
+        case 0x002C: return wxT("WM_MEASUREITEM");
+        case 0x002D: return wxT("WM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x002E: return wxT("WM_VKEYTOITEM");
+        case 0x002F: return wxT("WM_CHARTOITEM");
+        case 0x0030: return wxT("WM_SETFONT");
+        case 0x0031: return wxT("WM_GETFONT");
+        case 0x0037: return wxT("WM_QUERYDRAGICON");
+        case 0x0039: return wxT("WM_COMPAREITEM");
+        case 0x0041: return wxT("WM_COMPACTING");
+        case 0x0044: return wxT("WM_COMMNOTIFY");
+        case 0x0046: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING");
+        case 0x0047: return wxT("WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED");
+        case 0x0048: return wxT("WM_POWER");
+
+        case 0x004A: return wxT("WM_COPYDATA");
+        case 0x004B: return wxT("WM_CANCELJOURNAL");
+        case 0x004E: return wxT("WM_NOTIFY");
+        case 0x0050: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGEREQUEST");
+        case 0x0051: return wxT("WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE");
+        case 0x0052: return wxT("WM_TCARD");
+        case 0x0053: return wxT("WM_HELP");
+        case 0x0054: return wxT("WM_USERCHANGED");
+        case 0x0055: return wxT("WM_NOTIFYFORMAT");
+        case 0x007B: return wxT("WM_CONTEXTMENU");
+        case 0x007C: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGING");
+        case 0x007D: return wxT("WM_STYLECHANGED");
+        case 0x007E: return wxT("WM_DISPLAYCHANGE");
+        case 0x007F: return wxT("WM_GETICON");
+        case 0x0080: return wxT("WM_SETICON");
+
+        case 0x0081: return wxT("WM_NCCREATE");
+        case 0x0082: return wxT("WM_NCDESTROY");
+        case 0x0083: return wxT("WM_NCCALCSIZE");
+        case 0x0084: return wxT("WM_NCHITTEST");
+        case 0x0085: return wxT("WM_NCPAINT");
+        case 0x0086: return wxT("WM_NCACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0087: return wxT("WM_GETDLGCODE");
+        case 0x00A0: return wxT("WM_NCMOUSEMOVE");
+        case 0x00A1: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A2: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A3: return wxT("WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x00A4: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A5: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A6: return wxT("WM_NCRBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x00A7: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x00A8: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x00A9: return wxT("WM_NCMBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0100: return wxT("WM_KEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0101: return wxT("WM_KEYUP");
+        case 0x0102: return wxT("WM_CHAR");
+        case 0x0103: return wxT("WM_DEADCHAR");
+        case 0x0104: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0105: return wxT("WM_SYSKEYUP");
+        case 0x0106: return wxT("WM_SYSCHAR");
+        case 0x0107: return wxT("WM_SYSDEADCHAR");
+        case 0x0108: return wxT("WM_KEYLAST");
+
+        case 0x010D: return wxT("WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION");
+        case 0x010E: return wxT("WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION");
+        case 0x010F: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITION");
+
+        case 0x0110: return wxT("WM_INITDIALOG");
+        case 0x0111: return wxT("WM_COMMAND");
+        case 0x0112: return wxT("WM_SYSCOMMAND");
+        case 0x0113: return wxT("WM_TIMER");
+        case 0x0114: return wxT("WM_HSCROLL");
+        case 0x0115: return wxT("WM_VSCROLL");
+        case 0x0116: return wxT("WM_INITMENU");
+        case 0x0117: return wxT("WM_INITMENUPOPUP");
+        case 0x011F: return wxT("WM_MENUSELECT");
+        case 0x0120: return wxT("WM_MENUCHAR");
+        case 0x0121: return wxT("WM_ENTERIDLE");
+        case 0x0200: return wxT("WM_MOUSEMOVE");
+        case 0x0201: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0202: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0203: return wxT("WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0204: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0205: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0206: return wxT("WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x0207: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDOWN");
+        case 0x0208: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONUP");
+        case 0x0209: return wxT("WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK");
+        case 0x020A: return wxT("WM_MOUSEWHEEL");
+        case 0x0210: return wxT("WM_PARENTNOTIFY");
+        case 0x0211: return wxT("WM_ENTERMENULOOP");
+        case 0x0212: return wxT("WM_EXITMENULOOP");
+
+        case 0x0213: return wxT("WM_NEXTMENU");
+        case 0x0214: return wxT("WM_SIZING");
+        case 0x0215: return wxT("WM_CAPTURECHANGED");
+        case 0x0216: return wxT("WM_MOVING");
+        case 0x0218: return wxT("WM_POWERBROADCAST");
+        case 0x0219: return wxT("WM_DEVICECHANGE");
+
+        case 0x0220: return wxT("WM_MDICREATE");
+        case 0x0221: return wxT("WM_MDIDESTROY");
+        case 0x0222: return wxT("WM_MDIACTIVATE");
+        case 0x0223: return wxT("WM_MDIRESTORE");
+        case 0x0224: return wxT("WM_MDINEXT");
+        case 0x0225: return wxT("WM_MDIMAXIMIZE");
+        case 0x0226: return wxT("WM_MDITILE");
+        case 0x0227: return wxT("WM_MDICASCADE");
+        case 0x0228: return wxT("WM_MDIICONARRANGE");
+        case 0x0229: return wxT("WM_MDIGETACTIVE");
+        case 0x0230: return wxT("WM_MDISETMENU");
+        case 0x0233: return wxT("WM_DROPFILES");
+
+        case 0x0281: return wxT("WM_IME_SETCONTEXT");
+        case 0x0282: return wxT("WM_IME_NOTIFY");
+        case 0x0283: return wxT("WM_IME_CONTROL");
+        case 0x0284: return wxT("WM_IME_COMPOSITIONFULL");
+        case 0x0285: return wxT("WM_IME_SELECT");
+        case 0x0286: return wxT("WM_IME_CHAR");
+        case 0x0290: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYDOWN");
+        case 0x0291: return wxT("WM_IME_KEYUP");
+
+        case 0x0300: return wxT("WM_CUT");
+        case 0x0301: return wxT("WM_COPY");
+        case 0x0302: return wxT("WM_PASTE");
+        case 0x0303: return wxT("WM_CLEAR");
+        case 0x0304: return wxT("WM_UNDO");
+        case 0x0305: return wxT("WM_RENDERFORMAT");
+        case 0x0306: return wxT("WM_RENDERALLFORMATS");
+        case 0x0307: return wxT("WM_DESTROYCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x0308: return wxT("WM_DRAWCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x0309: return wxT("WM_PAINTCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030A: return wxT("WM_VSCROLLCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030B: return wxT("WM_SIZECLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030C: return wxT("WM_ASKCBFORMATNAME");
+        case 0x030D: return wxT("WM_CHANGECBCHAIN");
+        case 0x030E: return wxT("WM_HSCROLLCLIPBOARD");
+        case 0x030F: return wxT("WM_QUERYNEWPALETTE");
+        case 0x0310: return wxT("WM_PALETTEISCHANGING");
+        case 0x0311: return wxT("WM_PALETTECHANGED");
+#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
+        case 0x0312: return wxT("WM_HOTKEY");
+#endif

 
 

-#ifdef __WIN32__

         // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking
         // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless
 
         // listview
         // common controls messages - although they're not strictly speaking
         // standard, it's nice to decode them nevertheless
 
         // listview

-        case 0x1000 + 0: return "LVM_GETBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 1: return "LVM_SETBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 2: return "LVM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1000 + 3: return "LVM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1000 + 4: return "LVM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1000 + 5: return "LVM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 75: return "LVM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 6: return "LVM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 76: return "LVM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 7: return "LVM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 77: return "LVM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 8: return "LVM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 9: return "LVM_DELETEALLITEMS";
-        case 0x1000 + 10: return "LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK";
-        case 0x1000 + 11: return "LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK";
-        case 0x1000 + 12: return "LVM_GETNEXTITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 13: return "LVM_FINDITEMA";
-        case 0x1000 + 83: return "LVM_FINDITEMW";
-        case 0x1000 + 14: return "LVM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 15: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION";
-        case 0x1000 + 16: return "LVM_GETITEMPOSITION";
-        case 0x1000 + 17: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA";
-        case 0x1000 + 87: return "LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW";
-        case 0x1000 + 18: return "LVM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1000 + 19: return "LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
-        case 0x1000 + 20: return "LVM_SCROLL";
-        case 0x1000 + 21: return "LVM_REDRAWITEMS";
-        case 0x1000 + 22: return "LVM_ARRANGE";
-        case 0x1000 + 23: return "LVM_EDITLABELA";
-        case 0x1000 + 118: return "LVM_EDITLABELW";
-        case 0x1000 + 24: return "LVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
-        case 0x1000 + 25: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNA";
-        case 0x1000 + 95: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNW";
-        case 0x1000 + 26: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNA";
-        case 0x1000 + 96: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNW";
-        case 0x1000 + 27: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA";
-        case 0x1000 + 97: return "LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW";
-        case 0x1000 + 28: return "LVM_DELETECOLUMN";
-        case 0x1000 + 29: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH";
-        case 0x1000 + 30: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH";
-        case 0x1000 + 31: return "LVM_GETHEADER";
-        case 0x1000 + 33: return "LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-        case 0x1000 + 34: return "LVM_GETVIEWRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 35: return "LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 36: return "LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 37: return "LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 38: return "LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 39: return "LVM_GETTOPINDEX";
-        case 0x1000 + 40: return "LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE";
-        case 0x1000 + 41: return "LVM_GETORIGIN";
-        case 0x1000 + 42: return "LVM_UPDATE";
-        case 0x1000 + 43: return "LVM_SETITEMSTATE";
-        case 0x1000 + 44: return "LVM_GETITEMSTATE";
-        case 0x1000 + 45: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTA";
-        case 0x1000 + 115: return "LVM_GETITEMTEXTW";
-        case 0x1000 + 46: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTA";
-        case 0x1000 + 116: return "LVM_SETITEMTEXTW";
-        case 0x1000 + 47: return "LVM_SETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1000 + 48: return "LVM_SORTITEMS";
-        case 0x1000 + 49: return "LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32";
-        case 0x1000 + 50: return "LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT";
-        case 0x1000 + 51: return "LVM_GETITEMSPACING";
-        case 0x1000 + 52: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
-        case 0x1000 + 117: return "LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
-        case 0x1000 + 53: return "LVM_SETICONSPACING";
-        case 0x1000 + 54: return "LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
-        case 0x1000 + 55: return "LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE";
-        case 0x1000 + 56: return "LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 57: return "LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST";
-        case 0x1000 + 58: return "LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1000 + 59: return "LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1000 + 60: return "LVM_SETHOTITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 61: return "LVM_GETHOTITEM";
-        case 0x1000 + 62: return "LVM_SETHOTCURSOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 63: return "LVM_GETHOTCURSOR";
-        case 0x1000 + 64: return "LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT";
-        case 0x1000 + 65: return "LVM_SETWORKAREA";
+        case 0x1000 + 0: return wxT("LVM_GETBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 1: return wxT("LVM_SETBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 2: return wxT("LVM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1000 + 3: return wxT("LVM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1000 + 4: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 5: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 75: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 6: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 76: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 7: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 77: return wxT("LVM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 8: return wxT("LVM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 9: return wxT("LVM_DELETEALLITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 10: return wxT("LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK");
+        case 0x1000 + 11: return wxT("LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK");
+        case 0x1000 + 12: return wxT("LVM_GETNEXTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 13: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMA");
+        case 0x1000 + 83: return wxT("LVM_FINDITEMW");
+        case 0x1000 + 14: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 15: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION");
+        case 0x1000 + 16: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMPOSITION");
+        case 0x1000 + 17: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA");
+        case 0x1000 + 87: return wxT("LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW");
+        case 0x1000 + 18: return wxT("LVM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1000 + 19: return wxT("LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 20: return wxT("LVM_SCROLL");
+        case 0x1000 + 21: return wxT("LVM_REDRAWITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 22: return wxT("LVM_ARRANGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 23: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELA");
+        case 0x1000 + 118: return wxT("LVM_EDITLABELW");
+        case 0x1000 + 24: return wxT("LVM_GETEDITCONTROL");
+        case 0x1000 + 25: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 95: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 26: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 96: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 27: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA");
+        case 0x1000 + 97: return wxT("LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW");
+        case 0x1000 + 28: return wxT("LVM_DELETECOLUMN");
+        case 0x1000 + 29: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH");
+        case 0x1000 + 30: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH");
+        case 0x1000 + 31: return wxT("LVM_GETHEADER");
+        case 0x1000 + 33: return wxT("LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 34: return wxT("LVM_GETVIEWRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 35: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 36: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 37: return wxT("LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 38: return wxT("LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 39: return wxT("LVM_GETTOPINDEX");
+        case 0x1000 + 40: return wxT("LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE");
+        case 0x1000 + 41: return wxT("LVM_GETORIGIN");
+        case 0x1000 + 42: return wxT("LVM_UPDATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 43: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMSTATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 44: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSTATE");
+        case 0x1000 + 45: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTA");
+        case 0x1000 + 115: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMTEXTW");
+        case 0x1000 + 46: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTA");
+        case 0x1000 + 116: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMTEXTW");
+        case 0x1000 + 47: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 48: return wxT("LVM_SORTITEMS");
+        case 0x1000 + 49: return wxT("LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32");
+        case 0x1000 + 50: return wxT("LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT");
+        case 0x1000 + 51: return wxT("LVM_GETITEMSPACING");
+        case 0x1000 + 52: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA");
+        case 0x1000 + 117: return wxT("LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW");
+        case 0x1000 + 53: return wxT("LVM_SETICONSPACING");
+        case 0x1000 + 54: return wxT("LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 55: return wxT("LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE");
+        case 0x1000 + 56: return wxT("LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 57: return wxT("LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST");
+        case 0x1000 + 58: return wxT("LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1000 + 59: return wxT("LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1000 + 60: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 61: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTITEM");
+        case 0x1000 + 62: return wxT("LVM_SETHOTCURSOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 63: return wxT("LVM_GETHOTCURSOR");
+        case 0x1000 + 64: return wxT("LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT");
+        case 0x1000 + 65: return wxT("LVM_SETWORKAREA");

 
         // tree view
 
         // tree view

-        case 0x1100 + 0: return "TVM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1100 + 50: return "TVM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1100 + 1: return "TVM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1100 + 2: return "TVM_EXPAND";
-        case 0x1100 + 4: return "TVM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1100 + 5: return "TVM_GETCOUNT";
-        case 0x1100 + 6: return "TVM_GETINDENT";
-        case 0x1100 + 7: return "TVM_SETINDENT";
-        case 0x1100 + 8: return "TVM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1100 + 9: return "TVM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1100 + 10: return "TVM_GETNEXTITEM";
-        case 0x1100 + 11: return "TVM_SELECTITEM";
-        case 0x1100 + 12: return "TVM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1100 + 62: return "TVM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1100 + 13: return "TVM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1100 + 63: return "TVM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1100 + 14: return "TVM_EDITLABELA";
-        case 0x1100 + 65: return "TVM_EDITLABELW";
-        case 0x1100 + 15: return "TVM_GETEDITCONTROL";
-        case 0x1100 + 16: return "TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT";
-        case 0x1100 + 17: return "TVM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1100 + 18: return "TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-        case 0x1100 + 19: return "TVM_SORTCHILDREN";
-        case 0x1100 + 20: return "TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE";
-        case 0x1100 + 21: return "TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB";
-        case 0x1100 + 22: return "TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW";
-        case 0x1100 + 23: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA";
-        case 0x1100 + 64: return "TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW";
-        case 0x1100 + 24: return "TVM_SETTOOLTIPS";
-        case 0x1100 + 25: return "TVM_GETTOOLTIPS";
+        case 0x1100 + 0: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 50: return wxT("TVM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 1: return wxT("TVM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 2: return wxT("TVM_EXPAND");
+        case 0x1100 + 4: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1100 + 5: return wxT("TVM_GETCOUNT");
+        case 0x1100 + 6: return wxT("TVM_GETINDENT");
+        case 0x1100 + 7: return wxT("TVM_SETINDENT");
+        case 0x1100 + 8: return wxT("TVM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1100 + 9: return wxT("TVM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1100 + 10: return wxT("TVM_GETNEXTITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 11: return wxT("TVM_SELECTITEM");
+        case 0x1100 + 12: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 62: return wxT("TVM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 13: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1100 + 63: return wxT("TVM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1100 + 14: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELA");
+        case 0x1100 + 65: return wxT("TVM_EDITLABELW");
+        case 0x1100 + 15: return wxT("TVM_GETEDITCONTROL");
+        case 0x1100 + 16: return wxT("TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT");
+        case 0x1100 + 17: return wxT("TVM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1100 + 18: return wxT("TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1100 + 19: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDREN");
+        case 0x1100 + 20: return wxT("TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE");
+        case 0x1100 + 21: return wxT("TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB");
+        case 0x1100 + 22: return wxT("TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW");
+        case 0x1100 + 23: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA");
+        case 0x1100 + 64: return wxT("TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW");
+        case 0x1100 + 24: return wxT("TVM_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1100 + 25: return wxT("TVM_GETTOOLTIPS");

 
         // header
 
         // header

-        case 0x1200 + 0: return "HDM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1200 + 1: return "HDM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1200 + 10: return "HDM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1200 + 2: return "HDM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1200 + 3: return "HDM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1200 + 11: return "HDM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1200 + 4: return "HDM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1200 + 12: return "HDM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1200 + 5: return "HDM_LAYOUT";
-        case 0x1200 + 6: return "HDM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1200 + 7: return "HDM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1200 + 8: return "HDM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1200 + 9: return "HDM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1200 + 15: return "HDM_ORDERTOINDEX";
-        case 0x1200 + 16: return "HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE";
-        case 0x1200 + 17: return "HDM_GETORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1200 + 18: return "HDM_SETORDERARRAY";
-        case 0x1200 + 19: return "HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER";
+        case 0x1200 + 0: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1200 + 1: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 10: return wxT("HDM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 2: return wxT("HDM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1200 + 3: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 11: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 4: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1200 + 12: return wxT("HDM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1200 + 5: return wxT("HDM_LAYOUT");
+        case 0x1200 + 6: return wxT("HDM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1200 + 7: return wxT("HDM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1200 + 8: return wxT("HDM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1200 + 9: return wxT("HDM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1200 + 15: return wxT("HDM_ORDERTOINDEX");
+        case 0x1200 + 16: return wxT("HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE");
+        case 0x1200 + 17: return wxT("HDM_GETORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1200 + 18: return wxT("HDM_SETORDERARRAY");
+        case 0x1200 + 19: return wxT("HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER");

 
         // tab control
 
         // tab control

-        case 0x1300 + 2: return "TCM_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1300 + 3: return "TCM_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case 0x1300 + 4: return "TCM_GETITEMCOUNT";
-        case 0x1300 + 5: return "TCM_GETITEMA";
-        case 0x1300 + 60: return "TCM_GETITEMW";
-        case 0x1300 + 6: return "TCM_SETITEMA";
-        case 0x1300 + 61: return "TCM_SETITEMW";
-        case 0x1300 + 7: return "TCM_INSERTITEMA";
-        case 0x1300 + 62: return "TCM_INSERTITEMW";
-        case 0x1300 + 8: return "TCM_DELETEITEM";
-        case 0x1300 + 9: return "TCM_DELETEALLITEMS";
-        case 0x1300 + 10: return "TCM_GETITEMRECT";
-        case 0x1300 + 11: return "TCM_GETCURSEL";
-        case 0x1300 + 12: return "TCM_SETCURSEL";
-        case 0x1300 + 13: return "TCM_HITTEST";
-        case 0x1300 + 14: return "TCM_SETITEMEXTRA";
-        case 0x1300 + 40: return "TCM_ADJUSTRECT";
-        case 0x1300 + 41: return "TCM_SETITEMSIZE";
-        case 0x1300 + 42: return "TCM_REMOVEIMAGE";
-        case 0x1300 + 43: return "TCM_SETPADDING";
-        case 0x1300 + 44: return "TCM_GETROWCOUNT";
-        case 0x1300 + 45: return "TCM_GETTOOLTIPS";
-        case 0x1300 + 46: return "TCM_SETTOOLTIPS";
-        case 0x1300 + 47: return "TCM_GETCURFOCUS";
-        case 0x1300 + 48: return "TCM_SETCURFOCUS";
-        case 0x1300 + 49: return "TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH";
-        case 0x1300 + 50: return "TCM_DESELECTALL";
+        case 0x1300 + 2: return wxT("TCM_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1300 + 3: return wxT("TCM_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case 0x1300 + 4: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMCOUNT");
+        case 0x1300 + 5: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 60: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 6: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 61: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 7: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMA");
+        case 0x1300 + 62: return wxT("TCM_INSERTITEMW");
+        case 0x1300 + 8: return wxT("TCM_DELETEITEM");
+        case 0x1300 + 9: return wxT("TCM_DELETEALLITEMS");
+        case 0x1300 + 10: return wxT("TCM_GETITEMRECT");
+        case 0x1300 + 11: return wxT("TCM_GETCURSEL");
+        case 0x1300 + 12: return wxT("TCM_SETCURSEL");
+        case 0x1300 + 13: return wxT("TCM_HITTEST");
+        case 0x1300 + 14: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMEXTRA");
+        case 0x1300 + 40: return wxT("TCM_ADJUSTRECT");
+        case 0x1300 + 41: return wxT("TCM_SETITEMSIZE");
+        case 0x1300 + 42: return wxT("TCM_REMOVEIMAGE");
+        case 0x1300 + 43: return wxT("TCM_SETPADDING");
+        case 0x1300 + 44: return wxT("TCM_GETROWCOUNT");
+        case 0x1300 + 45: return wxT("TCM_GETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1300 + 46: return wxT("TCM_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case 0x1300 + 47: return wxT("TCM_GETCURFOCUS");
+        case 0x1300 + 48: return wxT("TCM_SETCURFOCUS");
+        case 0x1300 + 49: return wxT("TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH");
+        case 0x1300 + 50: return wxT("TCM_DESELECTALL");

 
         // toolbar
 
         // toolbar

-        case WM_USER+1: return "TB_ENABLEBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+2: return "TB_CHECKBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+3: return "TB_PRESSBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+4: return "TB_HIDEBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+5: return "TB_INDETERMINATE";
-        case WM_USER+9: return "TB_ISBUTTONENABLED";
-        case WM_USER+10: return "TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED";
-        case WM_USER+11: return "TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED";
-        case WM_USER+12: return "TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN";
-        case WM_USER+13: return "TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE";
-        case WM_USER+17: return "TB_SETSTATE";
-        case WM_USER+18: return "TB_GETSTATE";
-        case WM_USER+19: return "TB_ADDBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+20: return "TB_ADDBUTTONS";
-        case WM_USER+21: return "TB_INSERTBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+22: return "TB_DELETEBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+23: return "TB_GETBUTTON";
-        case WM_USER+24: return "TB_BUTTONCOUNT";
-        case WM_USER+25: return "TB_COMMANDTOINDEX";
-        case WM_USER+26: return "TB_SAVERESTOREA";
-        case WM_USER+76: return "TB_SAVERESTOREW";
-        case WM_USER+27: return "TB_CUSTOMIZE";
-        case WM_USER+28: return "TB_ADDSTRINGA";
-        case WM_USER+77: return "TB_ADDSTRINGW";
-        case WM_USER+29: return "TB_GETITEMRECT";
-        case WM_USER+30: return "TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+31: return "TB_SETBUTTONSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+32: return "TB_SETBITMAPSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+33: return "TB_AUTOSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+35: return "TB_GETTOOLTIPS";
-        case WM_USER+36: return "TB_SETTOOLTIPS";
-        case WM_USER+37: return "TB_SETPARENT";
-        case WM_USER+39: return "TB_SETROWS";
-        case WM_USER+40: return "TB_GETROWS";
-        case WM_USER+42: return "TB_SETCMDID";
-        case WM_USER+43: return "TB_CHANGEBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+44: return "TB_GETBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+45: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA";
-        case WM_USER+75: return "TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW";
-        case WM_USER+46: return "TB_REPLACEBITMAP";
-        case WM_USER+47: return "TB_SETINDENT";
-        case WM_USER+48: return "TB_SETIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+49: return "TB_GETIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+50: return "TB_LOADIMAGES";
-        case WM_USER+51: return "TB_GETRECT";
-        case WM_USER+52: return "TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+53: return "TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+54: return "TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+55: return "TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST";
-        case WM_USER+56: return "TB_SETSTYLE";
-        case WM_USER+57: return "TB_GETSTYLE";
-        case WM_USER+58: return "TB_GETBUTTONSIZE";
-        case WM_USER+59: return "TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH";
-        case WM_USER+60: return "TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS";
-        case WM_USER+61: return "TB_GETTEXTROWS";
-        case WM_USER+41: return "TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS";
-
-#endif //WIN32
+        case WM_USER+1: return wxT("TB_ENABLEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+2: return wxT("TB_CHECKBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+3: return wxT("TB_PRESSBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+4: return wxT("TB_HIDEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+5: return wxT("TB_INDETERMINATE");
+        case WM_USER+9: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONENABLED");
+        case WM_USER+10: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED");
+        case WM_USER+11: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED");
+        case WM_USER+12: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN");
+        case WM_USER+13: return wxT("TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE");
+        case WM_USER+17: return wxT("TB_SETSTATE");
+        case WM_USER+18: return wxT("TB_GETSTATE");
+        case WM_USER+19: return wxT("TB_ADDBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+20: return wxT("TB_ADDBUTTONS");
+        case WM_USER+21: return wxT("TB_INSERTBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+22: return wxT("TB_DELETEBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+23: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTON");
+        case WM_USER+24: return wxT("TB_BUTTONCOUNT");
+        case WM_USER+25: return wxT("TB_COMMANDTOINDEX");
+        case WM_USER+26: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREA");
+        case WM_USER+76: return wxT("TB_SAVERESTOREW");
+        case WM_USER+27: return wxT("TB_CUSTOMIZE");
+        case WM_USER+28: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGA");
+        case WM_USER+77: return wxT("TB_ADDSTRINGW");
+        case WM_USER+29: return wxT("TB_GETITEMRECT");
+        case WM_USER+30: return wxT("TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+31: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+32: return wxT("TB_SETBITMAPSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+33: return wxT("TB_AUTOSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+35: return wxT("TB_GETTOOLTIPS");
+        case WM_USER+36: return wxT("TB_SETTOOLTIPS");
+        case WM_USER+37: return wxT("TB_SETPARENT");
+        case WM_USER+39: return wxT("TB_SETROWS");
+        case WM_USER+40: return wxT("TB_GETROWS");
+        case WM_USER+42: return wxT("TB_SETCMDID");
+        case WM_USER+43: return wxT("TB_CHANGEBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+44: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+45: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA");
+        case WM_USER+75: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW");
+        case WM_USER+46: return wxT("TB_REPLACEBITMAP");
+        case WM_USER+47: return wxT("TB_SETINDENT");
+        case WM_USER+48: return wxT("TB_SETIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+49: return wxT("TB_GETIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+50: return wxT("TB_LOADIMAGES");
+        case WM_USER+51: return wxT("TB_GETRECT");
+        case WM_USER+52: return wxT("TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+53: return wxT("TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+54: return wxT("TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+55: return wxT("TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST");
+        case WM_USER+56: return wxT("TB_SETSTYLE");
+        case WM_USER+57: return wxT("TB_GETSTYLE");
+        case WM_USER+58: return wxT("TB_GETBUTTONSIZE");
+        case WM_USER+59: return wxT("TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH");
+        case WM_USER+60: return wxT("TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS");
+        case WM_USER+61: return wxT("TB_GETTEXTROWS");
+        case WM_USER+41: return wxT("TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS");

 
         default:
 
         default:

-            static char s_szBuf[128];
-            sprintf(s_szBuf, "<unknown message = %d>", message);
-            return s_szBuf;
+            static wxString s_szBuf;
+            s_szBuf.Printf(wxT("<unknown message = %d>"), message);
+            return s_szBuf.c_str();

     }
 }
 #endif //__WXDEBUG__
 
     }
 }
 #endif //__WXDEBUG__
 

-static void TranslateKbdEventToMouse(wxWindowMSW *win,
-                                     int *x, int *y, WPARAM *flags)
-{
-    // construct the key mask
-    WPARAM& fwKeys = *flags;
-
-    fwKeys = MK_RBUTTON;
-    if ( wxIsCtrlDown() )
-        fwKeys |= MK_CONTROL;
-    if ( wxIsShiftDown() )
-        fwKeys |= MK_SHIFT;
-
-    // simulate right mouse button click
-    DWORD dwPos = ::GetMessagePos();
-    *x = GET_X_LPARAM(dwPos);
-    *y = GET_Y_LPARAM(dwPos);
-
-    win->ScreenToClient(x, y);
-}
-

 static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
     // prepare the DC
 static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win)
 {
     // prepare the DC


@@ -4897,9 +6388,10 @@ static TEXTMETRIC wxGetTextMetrics(const wxWindowMSW *win)
 
 // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse
 // position.
 
 // Find the wxWindow at the current mouse position, returning the mouse
 // position.

-wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& WXUNUSED(pt))
+wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPointer(wxPoint& pt)

 {
 {

-    return wxFindWindowAtPoint(wxGetMousePosition());
+    pt = wxGetMousePosition();
+    return wxFindWindowAtPoint(pt);

 }
 
 wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
 }
 
 wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt)


@@ -4907,25 +6399,204 @@ wxWindow* wxFindWindowAtPoint(const wxPoint& pt)
     POINT pt2;
     pt2.x = pt.x;
     pt2.y = pt.y;
     POINT pt2;
     pt2.x = pt.x;
     pt2.y = pt.y;

-    HWND hWndHit = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2);

 
 

-    wxWindow* win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWndHit) ;
-    HWND hWnd = hWndHit;
+    HWND hWnd = ::WindowFromPoint(pt2);

 
 

-    // Try to find a window with a wxWindow associated with it
-    while (!win && (hWnd != 0))
-    {
-        hWnd = ::GetParent(hWnd);
-        win = wxFindWinFromHandle((WXHWND) hWnd) ;
-    }
-    return win;
+    return wxGetWindowFromHWND((WXHWND)hWnd);

 }
 
 // Get the current mouse position.
 wxPoint wxGetMousePosition()
 {
     POINT pt;
 }
 
 // Get the current mouse position.
 wxPoint wxGetMousePosition()
 {
     POINT pt;

+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+    GetCursorPosWinCE(&pt);
+#else

     GetCursorPos( & pt );
     GetCursorPos( & pt );

+#endif
+

     return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y);
 }
 
     return wxPoint(pt.x, pt.y);
 }
 

+#if wxUSE_HOTKEY
+
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+static void WinCEUnregisterHotKey(int modifiers, int id)
+{
+    // Register hotkeys for the hardware buttons
+    HINSTANCE hCoreDll;
+    typedef BOOL (WINAPI *UnregisterFunc1Proc)(UINT, UINT);
+
+    UnregisterFunc1Proc procUnregisterFunc;
+    hCoreDll = LoadLibrary(_T("coredll.dll"));
+    if (hCoreDll)
+    {
+        procUnregisterFunc = (UnregisterFunc1Proc)GetProcAddress(hCoreDll, _T("UnregisterFunc1"));
+        if (procUnregisterFunc)
+            procUnregisterFunc(modifiers, id);
+        FreeLibrary(hCoreDll);
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::RegisterHotKey(int hotkeyId, int modifiers, int keycode)
+{
+    UINT win_modifiers=0;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_ALT )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_ALT;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_SHIFT )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_SHIFT;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_CONTROL )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_CONTROL;
+    if ( modifiers & wxMOD_WIN )
+        win_modifiers |= MOD_WIN;
+
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+    // Required for PPC and Smartphone hardware buttons
+    if (keycode >= WXK_SPECIAL1 && keycode <= WXK_SPECIAL20)
+        WinCEUnregisterHotKey(win_modifiers, hotkeyId);
+#endif
+
+    if ( !::RegisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId, win_modifiers, keycode) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("RegisterHotKey"));
+
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::UnregisterHotKey(int hotkeyId)
+{
+#if defined(__SMARTPHONE__) || defined(__POCKETPC__)
+    WinCEUnregisterHotKey(MOD_WIN, hotkeyId);
+#endif
+
+    if ( !::UnregisterHotKey(GetHwnd(), hotkeyId) )
+    {
+        wxLogLastError(_T("UnregisterHotKey"));
+
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+#if wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+bool wxWindowMSW::HandleHotKey(WXWPARAM wParam, WXLPARAM lParam)
+{
+    int hotkeyId = wParam;
+    int virtualKey = HIWORD(lParam);
+    int win_modifiers = LOWORD(lParam);
+
+    wxKeyEvent event(CreateKeyEvent(wxEVT_HOTKEY, virtualKey, wParam, lParam));
+    event.SetId(hotkeyId);
+    event.m_shiftDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_SHIFT) != 0;
+    event.m_controlDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_CONTROL) != 0;
+    event.m_altDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_ALT) != 0;
+    event.m_metaDown = (win_modifiers & MOD_WIN) != 0;
+
+    return GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event);
+}
+
+#endif // wxUSE_ACCEL
+
+#endif // wxUSE_HOTKEY
+
+// Not tested under WinCE
+#ifndef __WXWINCE__
+
+// this class installs a message hook which really wakes up our idle processing
+// each time a WM_NULL is received (wxWakeUpIdle does this), even if we're
+// sitting inside a local modal loop (e.g. a menu is opened or scrollbar is
+// being dragged or even inside ::MessageBox()) and so don't control message
+// dispatching otherwise
+class wxIdleWakeUpModule : public wxModule
+{
+public:
+    virtual bool OnInit()
+    {
+        ms_hMsgHookProc = ::SetWindowsHookEx
+                            (
+                             WH_GETMESSAGE,
+                             &wxIdleWakeUpModule::MsgHookProc,
+                             NULL,
+                             GetCurrentThreadId()
+                            );
+
+        if ( !ms_hMsgHookProc )
+        {
+            wxLogLastError(_T("SetWindowsHookEx(WH_GETMESSAGE)"));
+
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        return true;
+    }
+
+    virtual void OnExit()
+    {
+        ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc);
+    }
+
+    static LRESULT CALLBACK MsgHookProc(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
+    {
+        MSG *msg = (MSG*)lParam;
+
+        // only process the message if it is actually going to be removed from
+        // the message queue, this prevents that the same event from being
+        // processed multiple times if now someone just called PeekMessage()
+        if ( msg->message == WM_NULL && wParam == PM_REMOVE )
+        {
+            wxTheApp->ProcessPendingEvents();
+        }
+
+        return CallNextHookEx(ms_hMsgHookProc, nCode, wParam, lParam);
+    };
+
+private:
+    static HHOOK ms_hMsgHookProc;
+
+    DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule)
+};
+
+HHOOK wxIdleWakeUpModule::ms_hMsgHookProc = 0;
+
+IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxIdleWakeUpModule, wxModule)
+
+#endif // __WXWINCE__
+
+#ifdef __WXWINCE__
+
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+static void wxAdjustZOrder(wxWindow* parent)
+{
+    if (parent->IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxStaticBox)))
+    {
+        // Set the z-order correctly
+        SetWindowPos((HWND) parent->GetHWND(), HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE);
+    }
+
+    wxWindowList::compatibility_iterator current = parent->GetChildren().GetFirst();
+    while (current)
+    {
+        wxWindow *childWin = current->GetData();
+        wxAdjustZOrder(childWin);
+        current = current->GetNext();
+    }
+}
+#endif
+
+// We need to adjust the z-order of static boxes in WinCE, to
+// make 'contained' controls visible
+void wxWindowMSW::OnInitDialog( wxInitDialogEvent& event )
+{
+#if wxUSE_STATBOX
+    wxAdjustZOrder(this);
+#endif
+
+    event.Skip();
+}
+#endif